Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,641 missions · 709 completed

Missions

Open932Completed709All1641
Information TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Replacing Gaussian observations in memory-constrained inferenceResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite message chosen from data changes the conditional distribution of those data. In memory-constrained inference this matters directly: a learner observing a signal SSS through exact Gaussian equations keeps a finite state WWW, and after conditioning on WWW the rows that were used to select it are biased. An independent Gaussian matrix has the same unconditional law as those rows, but once its labels are revealed it need not leave the same information about SSS.

This preprint quantifies the cost of that replacement. For a uniform signal on the sphere and a message of entropy at most d2d^2d2, replacing the actual rows by fresh independent rows increases the remaining conditional information by at most O(d)O(d)O(d). As an application, learners with o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2) persistent bits need Ω(dlog⁡(1/ϵ))\Omega(d\log(1/\epsilon))Ω(dlog(1/ϵ)) exact Gaussian observations to reach angular accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Background

  • 1975. Mattila's two-point averaging estimate controls projection energies by inverse distances.
  • 2015–2017. Steinhardt and Duchi establish memory-dependent minimax bounds for sparse noisy regression; Raz proves branching-program time–space lower bounds for parity learning (2016) and broader discrete problems (2017).
  • 2016–2017. Russo and Zou bound the bias of a selected statistic by the information used for selection; Xu and Raginsky give an information-theoretic bound on generalization via a sub-Gaussian test under the product law.
  • 2019. Sharan, Sidford and Valiant prove an Ω(dlog⁡r)\Omega(d\log r)Ω(dlogr) sample lower bound for Gaussian regression with small uniform noise and d2/4d^2/4d2/4 bits at Euclidean accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r. Dagan, Kur and Shamir prove quadratic-space lower bounds for related linear-algebra tasks.
  • 2026. The OpenAI preprint Replacing Gaussian observations in memory-constrained inference (dated September 27, 2026) proves the replacement comparison and its streaming consequence. It has not been peer reviewed; the Lean goal is open on this platform.

Setting

Let σ\sigmaσ be uniform probability on Sd−1S^{d-1}Sd−1, γk\gamma_kγk​ the law of a k×dk \times dk×d matrix with i.i.d. N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) entries, HHH discrete entropy and I(⋅ ;⋅∣⋅)I(\cdot\,;\cdot\mid\cdot)I(⋅;⋅∣⋅) conditional mutual information, all in nats. Put

m=⌊d/10⌋,ℓ=⌊d/2⌋,r=ℓ−m.m = \lfloor d/10\rfloor, \qquad \ell = \lfloor d/2\rfloor, \qquad r = \ell - m.m=⌊d/10⌋,ℓ=⌊d/2⌋,r=ℓ−m.

Let S∼σS \sim \sigmaS∼σ and A∼γmA \sim \gamma_mA∼γm​ be independent, and let WWW be a countable message with an arbitrary joint law with (S,A)(S, A)(S,A).

  • In the aligned experiment, keep (S,A,W)(S, A, W)(S,A,W) and append an independent rrr-row Gaussian matrix CCC, so the analyst sees G1=(A;C)G_1 = (A; C)G1​=(A;C) and G1SG_1 SG1​S.
  • In the independent experiment, keep (S,W)(S, W)(S,W) and draw a fresh ℓ\ellℓ-row Gaussian matrix G0G_0G0​ independent of (S,W)(S, W)(S,W).

In Lean (OAI.CurrentProjection), the joint law of ((S,W),A)((S, W), A)((S,W),A) is a probability measure P on (Sphere d × W) × Rows (d/10) d whose (S,A)(S, A)(S,A) marginal is uniformSphere d ⊗ gaussianRows (d/10) d; alignedExperiment and P.fst.prod (gaussianRows ...) are the two experiments; exposedInformation is I(S;W∣G,GS)I(S; W \mid G, GS)I(S;W∣G,GS) computed as a relative entropy via condKernel; shannonEntropy is H(W)H(W)H(W).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (Critical-radius comparison)

There are an absolute KKK and d0d_0d0​ such that for d≥d0d \ge d_0d≥d0​ and every such countable WWW with H(W)≤d2H(W) \le d^2H(W)≤d2,

I0(S;W∣G0,G0S)≤I1(S;W∣G1,G1S)+Kd.I_0(S; W \mid G_0, G_0 S) \le I_1(S; W \mid G_1, G_1 S) + K d .I0​(S;W∣G0​,G0​S)≤I1​(S;W∣G1​,G1​S)+Kd.

Milestones

  • Theorem 3.1 (mixed projection moment and exact density version): for ℓ=m+r<d−1\ell = m + r < d - 1ℓ=m+r<d−1, r≥qr \ge qr≥q, and a finite measure ρ\rhoρ on the sphere with ρ(B(z,t))≤Btℓ\rho(B(z,t)) \le B t^\ellρ(B(z,t))≤Btℓ and ρ(B(z,t))≤Dtd−1\rho(B(z,t)) \le D t^{d-1}ρ(B(z,t))≤Dtd−1,
[EX(EZ pρ,δ((X;Z),(X;Z)s))q]1/q≤eCdB(1+log⁡+(D/B)),\Big[\mathbb{E}_X\big(\mathbb{E}_Z\, p_{\rho,\delta}((X;Z),(X;Z)s)\big)^q\Big]^{1/q} \le e^{Cd} B\big(1 + \log^+(D/B)\big),[EX​(EZ​pρ,δ​((X;Z),(X;Z)s))q]1/q≤eCdB(1+log+(D/B)),

with an exact-density version when ρ≪σ\rho \ll \sigmaρ≪σ.

  • Proposition 3.2 (actual-row tilt and exact-label limit).
  • Propositions 5.3 and 5.4 (one-level and two-label auxiliary-row comparisons).
  • Proposition 6.1 (averaged information increase per block, hybrid route).
  • Proposition 7.1 (information through a Gaussian block, fiber route) and Lemma 7.2 (two-point Gaussian fiber measure identity).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.1 converts a statement about the actual, selection-biased rows into one about fresh rows at an additive cost of O(d)O(d)O(d), which is the step that lets block-by-block information bounds be iterated along a stream. With the residual-sphere endpoint it gives the lower bound T=Ω(dlog⁡(1/ϵ))T = \Omega(d\log(1/\epsilon))T=Ω(dlog(1/ϵ)) for learners with o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2) bits (Theorem 8.4, Corollary 8.7). The mixed projection moment (Theorem 3.1) is a reusable estimate on exact Gaussian projections of measures with local mass control.

Formalizing it. All results are in an unrefereed preprint, with no machine-checked proofs. The streaming theorems themselves (Theorem 8.4, Theorem 8.6, Corollary 8.7) are not among the published Lean targets and remain future work.

Difficulty

Conditioning on WWW biases AAA in a way that depends on the unknown signal, so the two experiments have different joint laws even though their (S,W)(S, W)(S,W) and (S,G)(S, G)(S,G) marginals agree. A direct comparison of densities fails because the exact label density under the actual law can be large on a selection-dependent set; controlling it requires a high moment of the projected density with the row-information charge I(A;W∣S)≤H(W)I(A; W \mid S) \le H(W)I(A;W∣S)≤H(W) entering only with coefficient 1/q1/q1/q.

Formalization scope

  • Signals live on Metric.sphere (0 : EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d)) 1 with normalized surface measure; rows are Fin k → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with stdGaussian entries.
  • Messages are countable types with measurable singletons (finite types for some milestones); entropies and informations are ℝ≥0∞-valued.
  • Row counts are d/10, d/2 - d/10, d/32, d/8, d/4, d/3 as in each source statement.

The goal is not vacuous: it quantifies over all joint laws with the stated marginal and entropy bound, and the right side is finite for many of them.

Needed infrastructure: conditional mutual information for standard Borel variables, chain rules, exact density versions of Gaussian projections, local mass bounds on the sphere. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Replacing Gaussian observations in memory-constrained inference, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 27, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Replacing-Gaussian-observations-in-memory-constrained-inference-September-27-2026/paper.pdf
  • V. Sharan, A. Sidford, G. Valiant, Memory-Sample Tradeoffs for Linear Regression with Small Error, STOC 2019. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313276.3316403
  • J. Steinhardt, J. Duchi, Minimax Rates for Memory-Bounded Sparse Linear Regression, COLT 2015. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v40/Steinhardt15.html
  • R. Raz, Fast Learning Requires Good Memory, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.05161
  • R. Raz, A Time-Space Lower Bound for a Large Class of Learning Problems, FOCS 2017. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2017.73
  • Y. Dagan, G. Kur, O. Shamir, Space Lower Bounds for Linear Prediction in the Streaming Model, COLT 2019. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v99/dagan19b.html
  • D. Russo, J. Zou, Controlling Bias in Adaptive Data Analysis Using Information Theory, AISTATS 2016. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v51/russo16.html
  • A. Xu, M. Raginsky, Information-theoretic analysis of generalization capability of learning algorithms, NeurIPS 2017. https://papers.nips.cc/paper_files/paper/2017/hash/ad71c82b22f4f65b9398f76d8be4c615-Abstract.html
  • P. Mattila, Hausdorff Dimension, Orthogonal Projections and Intersections with Planes, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. 1 (1975). https://doi.org/10.5186/aasfm.1975.0110
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Information TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Localization costs and information growth for exact Gaussian observationsResearch Paper

Motivation

An exact linear observation ⟨x,S⟩\langle x, S\rangle⟨x,S⟩ of a real signal can carry arbitrarily many bits. A finite message computed from a block of such observations cannot, but its information content is not controlled by the number of observations alone: if earlier messages have already concentrated the signal in a small region, the next block can exploit that concentration. Bounds of this kind are the engine of memory–sample lower bounds for noiseless Gaussian regression, where a learner with MMM bits of memory must recover a unit vector to angular accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ from a stream of exact Gaussian measurements.

This preprint asks how to restore a geometric spread condition on the posterior while paying for the information revealed in doing so, and proves that, for a cube-shaped prior on a spherical patch, ttt blocks of Θ(d)\Theta(d)Θ(d) exact measurements with messages of at most exp⁡(Ad2)\exp(Ad^2)exp(Ad2) values reveal only OA(dt)O_A(dt)OA​(dt) nats.

Background

  • 2015. Steinhardt and Duchi prove memory–sample trade-offs for noisy sparse regression.
  • 2016. Steinhardt, Valiant and Wager formulate a memory/sample conjecture for parity learning; Raz proves a quadratic-memory versus exponential-sample separation for parities, extended to a broad class of finite problems in 2017.
  • 2019. Sharan, Sidford and Valiant prove an Ω(dlog⁡r)\Omega(d\log r)Ω(dlogr) sample lower bound for Gaussian regression with small additive noise, memory at most d2/4d^2/4d2/4 bits and Euclidean accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r; their Section 7 expands projection moments into independent signal copies. Dagan, Kur and Shamir prove quadratic-memory lower bounds for approximately solving a consistent linear system in random order.
  • 2026. OpenAI preprints on exact observations: Posterior replicas and conditional information in Gaussian regression, Replacing Gaussian observations in memory-constrained inference, and the present Localization costs and information growth for exact Gaussian observations (dated September 27, 2026), which supplies several localization routes to the Ω(dlog⁡(1/ϵ))\Omega(d\log(1/\epsilon))Ω(dlog(1/ϵ)) lower bound for o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2) memory. None of these preprints is peer reviewed; the Lean goal is open on this platform.

Setting

Let ddd be large, n=d−1n = d - 1n=d−1, k=⌊n/16⌋k = \lfloor n/16\rfloork=⌊n/16⌋, m=⌊n/8⌋m = \lfloor n/8\rfloorm=⌊n/8⌋. The cube prior is normalized Lebesgue measure μ0\mu_0μ0​ on the half-open cube Q0=[−1/(2n),1/(2n))nQ_0 = [-1/(2\sqrt n), 1/(2\sqrt n))^nQ0​=[−1/(2n​),1/(2n​))n, and the chart ϕ(z)=(z,1−∥z∥2)\phi(z) = (z, \sqrt{1 - \|z\|^2})ϕ(z)=(z,1−∥z∥2​) maps it into Sd−1S^{d-1}Sd−1. Dyadic cells of level JJJ subdivide Q0Q_0Q0​ into 2nJ2^{nJ}2nJ half-open subcubes of side 2−J/n2^{-J}/\sqrt n2−J/n​.

Draw Z∼μ0Z \sim \mu_0Z∼μ0​. In block i=1,…,ti = 1, \dots, ti=1,…,t an independent standard Gaussian k×dk \times dk×d matrix XiX_iXi​ is drawn, and (Xi,Xiϕ(Z))(X_i, X_i\phi(Z))(Xi​,Xi​ϕ(Z)) is observed exactly. A message Wi∈{1,…,N}W_i \in \{1, \dots, N\}Wi​∈{1,…,N} is drawn from a Borel probability kernel of the block data, whose choice may depend on the preceding messages W1,…,Wi−1W_1, \dots, W_{i-1}W1​,…,Wi−1​. Information is measured in nats by mutual information I(⋅ ;⋅)I(\cdot\,;\cdot)I(⋅;⋅), defined as a relative entropy.

In Lean (OAI.RepeatedLocalization), Coordinate n = Fin n → ℝ, cubePrior n is Lebesgue measure conditioned on initialCube n, chart is ϕ\phiϕ, a Cell n is a level JJJ with a multi-index in Fin (2^J), a BlockRule n N is a measurable probability vector on Fin N indexed by block data, Rules n N t chooses a rule for each block from the past history, and experimentLaw rules is the joint law of (Z,W1,…,Wt)(Z, W_1, \dots, W_t)(Z,W1​,…,Wt​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (Repeated localization), repeated_localization

There is an absolute c>0c > 0c>0 such that for every C0>0C_0 > 0C0​>0 there is CCC with the following property, for ddd large. If

(2/m+e−ck)log⁡N≤C0d,\big(2/m + e^{-ck}\big)\log N \le C_0 d,(2/m+e−ck)logN≤C0​d,

then one can reveal nested dyadic cells Q0⊃Q1⊃⋯⊃QtQ_0 \supset Q_1 \supset \cdots \supset Q_tQ0​⊃Q1​⊃⋯⊃Qt​ containing ZZZ, with QiQ_iQi​ a finite-valued measurable function of ZZZ and W1,…,WiW_1, \dots, W_iW1​,…,Wi​, such that the augmented transcript Πt=(W1,Q1,…,Wt,Qt)\Pi_t = (W_1, Q_1, \dots, W_t, Q_t)Πt​=(W1​,Q1​,…,Wt​,Qt​) satisfies

I(Z;Πt)≤Cdt,E Jt≤Ct,I(Z; \Pi_t) \le C d t, \qquad \mathbb{E}\, J_t \le C t,I(Z;Πt​)≤Cdt,EJt​≤Ct,

where JtJ_tJt​ is the level of QtQ_tQt​. An alphabet of size N≤exp⁡(Ad2)N \le \exp(Ad^2)N≤exp(Ad2) satisfies the hypothesis with C0C_0C0​ depending only on AAA.

Milestones (results from the paper's other routes)

  • Lemma 5.2 (finite expected regularization of a finite-relative-entropy posterior by a terminating dyadic search).
  • Lemma 12.1 (convexity and coercivity of the kernel potential Φ(ν)=D(ν∥σ)−∫log⁡Jν dν\Phi(\nu) = D(\nu\|\sigma) - \int \log J_\nu\, d\nuΦ(ν)=D(ν∥σ)−∫logJν​dν).
  • Proposition 12.6 (the potential grows by at most CdCdCd per block).
  • Lemma 13.2 (inverse simplex-volume moment under a ball bound, with no support restriction).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 is the first information estimate in the paper and the model for its later routes: it shows that revealing a nested dyadic cell after each block, which restores the spread condition needed by the projection estimate, costs only O(d)O(d)O(d) nats per block. Since the original message history is a function of Πt\Pi_tΠt​, the bound also controls the information in the messages alone. Combined with the paper's endpoint arguments this yields the lower bound T≥c dlog⁡(1/ϵ)T \ge c\,d\log(1/\epsilon)T≥cdlog(1/ϵ) for learners with o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2) bits.

Formalizing it. These results are proved only in an unrefereed preprint; no machine-checked proofs exist. The milestones are independent analytic statements (an entropy regularization, a convex potential and its drift, an inverse-volume moment) that are reusable in the companion missions on exact Gaussian observations.

Difficulty

The information a block reveals depends on how concentrated the current posterior is, and earlier messages can make it arbitrarily concentrated. Simply conditioning on messages gives no control. Revealing a localizing cell restores spread, but naming a cell itself costs information, and the count of candidate cells at depth jjj grows like 2nj/22^{nj/2}2nj/2; the argument must show that confinement to a depth-jjj cell (worth njnjnj bits relative to the prior) pays for this, uniformly over all message rules.

Formalization scope

  • The prior is the image of cube volume under ϕ\phiϕ, not surface measure; coordinates are Fin n → ℝ, and ddd appears as n + 1.
  • Row counts and parameters are natural-number floors n / 16, n / 8. Gaussian entries are gaussianReal 0 1.
  • A disclosure Q : Disclosure n N t is valid when each cell map is measurable with finite range, contains ZZZ, lies in Q0Q_0Q0​, and the cells are nested. The goal asserts existence of a valid disclosure with mutualInformation (augmentedLaw rules Q) ≤ C (n+1) t and expected final level at most CtCtCt.
  • Mutual information is klDiv of the joint law against the product of marginals, valued in ℝ≥0∞.

The goal is not trivial: the trivial disclosure (always Q0Q_0Q0​) does not bound the information in arbitrary messages, and the quantifier order (absolute ccc, then C0C_0C0​, then CCC) matches the source.

Needed infrastructure: Gaussian projections of measures on cells, LmL^mLm density bounds, dyadic cell combinatorics, and relative-entropy chain rules. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Localization costs and information growth for exact Gaussian observations, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 27, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Localization-costs-and-information-growth-for-exact-Gaussian-observations-September-27-2026/paper.pdf
  • OpenAI, Posterior replicas and conditional information in Gaussian regression, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 27, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/main/preprints/Posterior-replicas-and-conditional-information-in-Gaussian-regression-September-27-2026/paper.pdf
  • V. Sharan, A. Sidford, G. Valiant, Memory-Sample Tradeoffs for Linear Regression with Small Error, STOC 2019. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313276.3316403
  • R. Raz, Fast Learning Requires Good Memory, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.05161
  • R. Raz, A Time-Space Lower Bound for a Large Class of Learning Problems, FOCS 2017. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2017.73
  • J. Steinhardt, G. Valiant, S. Wager, Memory, Communication, and Statistical Queries, COLT 2016. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v49/steinhardt16.html
  • J. Steinhardt, J. Duchi, Minimax Rates for Memory-Bounded Sparse Linear Regression, COLT 2015. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v40/Steinhardt15.html
  • Y. Dagan, G. Kur, O. Shamir, Space Lower Bounds for Linear Prediction in the Streaming Model, COLT 2019. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v99/dagan19b.html
  • T. Austin, Multi-variate correlation and mixtures of product measures, Kybernetika, 2020.
2 thms1 active userReviewed
Information TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Quantitative lower bounds for trace reconstructionResearch Paper

Motivation: how many deletion traces does it take to recover a word?

In the trace reconstruction problem an unknown binary word x∈{0,1}nx\in\{0,1\}^nx∈{0,1}n is passed repeatedly through a deletion channel: each bit is deleted independently with known probability q∈(0,1)q\in(0,1)q∈(0,1) and the surviving bits are concatenated in order. Each output, called a trace, reveals its length and its bits but not which positions survived. The question is how many independent traces are needed to recover every word xxx exactly with a fixed success probability. The problem arises in DNA storage and sequencing, in multiple sequence alignment, and as a basic test of how much information a channel with synchronization errors destroys. Its central open question has been whether a polynomial number of traces suffices at a fixed deletion probability.

Timeline

  • 2001 — Levenshtein studies efficient reconstruction of sequences from corrupted copies, in combinatorial and memoryless-channel versions (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2001).
  • 2004 — Batu, Kannan, Khanna and McGregor introduce the independent-deletion trace problem in connection with multiple sequence alignment and outline a linear lower bound at fixed deletion probability (SODA 2004).
  • 2008 — Holenstein, Mitzenmacher, Panigrahy and Wieder give the first worst-case upper bound exp⁡(O~(n))\exp(\widetilde O(\sqrt n))exp(O(n​)) at constant deletion probability (SODA 2008).
  • 2014 — McGregor, Price and Vorotnikova analyze lower bounds via a single displaced one among zeros (ESA 2014).
  • 2017 — De, O'Donnell and Servedio (STOC 2017) and, independently, Nazarov and Peres (STOC 2017) improve the upper bound to exp⁡(O(n1/3))\exp(O(n^{1/3}))exp(O(n1/3)).
  • 2020 — Holden and Lyons prove the lower bound Ω(n5/4/log⁡n)\Omega(n^{5/4}/\sqrt{\log n})Ω(n5/4/logn​) (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2020; erratum 2022).
  • 2021 — Chase improves the lower bound to Ω(n3/2/log⁡7n)\Omega(n^{3/2}/\log^7 n)Ω(n3/2/log7n) (Ann. Inst. Henri Poincaré Probab. Stat. 2021) and the upper bound to exp⁡(O(n1/5log⁡5n))\exp(O(n^{1/5}\log^5 n))exp(O(n1/5log5n)) (STOC 2021).
  • 2026 — Burudgunte, Valiant and Wang give a quasipolynomial sample upper bound exp⁡(p−7/3(log⁡2n)C0)\exp(p^{-7/3}(\log_2 n)^{C_0})exp(p−7/3(log2​n)C0​) with p=1−qp=1-qp=1−q (arXiv:2607.04073).
  • 2026 — An OpenAI preprint, Quantitative lower bounds for trace reconstruction (OpenAI Math Release, September 24, 2026), claims that nΩ(log⁡log⁡n)n^{\Omega(\log\log n)}nΩ(loglogn) traces are necessary at every fixed qqq, answering the polynomial-sample question negatively. The preprint has not been peer reviewed and its theorems are not formally verified.

Setting

Fix nnn and q∈(0,1)q\in(0,1)q∈(0,1). A deletion mask a∈{0,1}na\in\{0,1\}^na∈{0,1}n keeps bit iii when ai=1a_i=1ai​=1; it has probability ∏i(1−q)aiq1−ai\prod_i (1-q)^{a_i} q^{1-a_i}∏i​(1−q)ai​q1−ai​. The trace of xxx under aaa is the list of the bits xix_ixi​ with ai=1a_i=1ai​=1, in order. Write Dq(x)\mathcal D_q(x)Dq​(x) for the law of the trace of xxx under a random mask.

An estimator with budget mmm receives mmm independent traces of xxx and returns a random word; it may be randomized and its computation is unrestricted. For s∈(0,1]s\in(0,1]s∈(0,1], the sample complexity Tq,s(n)T_{q,s}(n)Tq,s​(n) is the least mmm such that some estimator recovers every x∈{0,1}nx\in\{0,1\}^nx∈{0,1}n with probability at least sss; it is +∞+\infty+∞ if no finite mmm works. The one-trace distance is

TV⁡(Dq(x),Dq(y))=12∑w∣Dq(x)(w)−Dq(y)(w)∣,\operatorname{TV}\bigl(\mathcal D_q(x),\mathcal D_q(y)\bigr)=\tfrac12\sum_{w}\bigl|\mathcal D_q(x)(w)-\mathcal D_q(y)(w)\bigr|,TV(Dq​(x),Dq​(y))=21​w∑​​Dq​(x)(w)−Dq​(y)(w)​,

the sum running over all finite binary words.

In Lean (namespace OAI.TraceReconstruction), words are Fin n → Bool, traceMass q x w is the probability of output w, an estimator is a function A : (Fin m → Trace) → Word n → ℝ giving a probability vector for each sample, sampleComplexity n q s : ℝ≥0∞ is the infimum of sufficient budgets, and minTraceTV n q is the minimum of traceTV q x y over x≠yx\neq yx=y.

Formalization targets

Goal: quantitative sample lower bound (Theorem 1.1)

Fix s∈(0,1]s\in(0,1]s∈(0,1] and 0<c<1/(4log⁡2)0<c<1/(4\log 2)0<c<1/(4log2). For every sequence of instances (nk,qk)(n_k,q_k)(nk​,qk​) with nk→∞n_k\to\inftynk​→∞, qk∈(0,1)q_k\in(0,1)qk​∈(0,1) and qk3log⁡nk→∞q_k^3\log n_k\to\inftyqk3​lognk​→∞,

Tqk,s(nk)  ≥  nk clog⁡(qk3log⁡nk)for all sufficiently large k.T_{q_k,s}(n_k)\;\ge\; n_k^{\,c\log(q_k^3\log n_k)}\qquad\text{for all sufficiently large }k.Tqk​,s​(nk​)≥nkclog(qk3​lognk​)​for all sufficiently large k.

At fixed qqq this gives Tq,s(n)≥nΩ(log⁡log⁡n)T_{q,s}(n)\ge n^{\Omega(\log\log n)}Tq,s​(n)≥nΩ(loglogn), so no polynomial number of traces suffices. The goal is published on the platform with status Open.

Milestones: superpolynomial indistinguishability (Theorem 1.2)

For every fixed q∈(0,1)q\in(0,1)q∈(0,1) and every A>0A>0A>0,

lim⁡n→∞nAmin⁡x≠y∈{0,1}nTV⁡(Dq(x),Dq(y))=0,lim⁡n→∞Tq,s(n)nA=∞(s∈(0,1]).\lim_{n\to\infty} n^{A}\min_{x\neq y\in\{0,1\}^n}\operatorname{TV}\bigl(\mathcal D_q(x),\mathcal D_q(y)\bigr)=0, \qquad \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{T_{q,s}(n)}{n^{A}}=\infty\quad (s\in(0,1]).n→∞lim​nAx=y∈{0,1}nmin​TV(Dq​(x),Dq​(y))=0,n→∞lim​nATq,s​(n)​=∞(s∈(0,1]).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1.1 is the first superpolynomial lower bound for exact worst-case trace reconstruction at a fixed deletion probability; previous lower bounds were of order n3/2n^{3/2}n3/2 up to logarithms. It holds against unrestricted computation and any fixed positive success probability, and it settles in the negative the question of whether polynomially many traces suffice. Combined with the 2026 quasipolynomial upper bound of Burudgunte, Valiant and Wang, the sample complexity at fixed qqq is now known to lie between exp⁡(Θ(log⁡nlog⁡log⁡n))\exp(\Theta(\log n\log\log n))exp(Θ(lognloglogn)) and exp⁡((log⁡n)O(1))\exp((\log n)^{O(1)})exp((logn)O(1)). Theorem 1.2 isolates the underlying phenomenon: some pairs of distinct words have single-trace laws closer than every inverse polynomial.

Formalizing it. The definitions fix exactly what an estimator may see (only the complete traces, no positions or boundaries) and what "sample complexity" means, including the value +∞+\infty+∞. A formal proof would certify a lower bound whose argument is a long multi-scale construction with many quantitative error budgets, the kind of argument where an overlooked loss would invalidate the conclusion.

Difficulty

Earlier lower bounds compare two words that differ by a single local defect and compute their trace distance directly; such pairs are distinguishable from polynomially many traces, so no single-defect construction can give a superpolynomial bound. A superpolynomial bound needs pairs of words whose trace laws agree to every polynomial order, while the argument must remain uniform in the deletion probability (which may tend to 000 slowly), keep all constants below scale margins that shrink as the number of construction stages grows with nnn, and transfer a bound for one trace to a bound for mmm independent traces and for arbitrary randomized estimators.

Formalization scope

  • Traces are List Bool; traceTV sums over the finite set of all lists of length at most nnn, which contains the support of every trace law, so it agrees with the source's total variation over all finite words.
  • sampleComplexity is an sInf in ℝ≥0∞; the infimum of the empty set is ⊤\top⊤, matching Tq,s(n)=+∞T_{q,s}(n)=+\inftyTq,s​(n)=+∞. The lower bound is compared after ENNReal.ofReal, and the right-hand side nclog⁡(q3log⁡n)n^{c\log(q^3\log n)}nclog(q3logn) uses the real power.
  • Theorem 1.1 is encoded with sequences n q : ℕ → …, Tendsto n atTop atTop, and Tendsto (q k ^ 3 * log (n k)) atTop atTop; the conclusion is ∀ᶠ k in atTop. Logarithms are natural.
  • Estimators are arbitrary real-valued probability kernels from samples to words; success is the exact probability of returning the true word, required to be at least sss for every input.
  • minTraceTV n q is a real sInf, attained for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; at n=0n=0n=0 the set is empty and the junk value 000 does not affect the limit.
  • Needed infrastructure: the deletion channel and its trace law, total variation and Hellinger distance for finite laws and their tensorization, and the reduction from sample complexity to pairwise distinguishability. These are reusable for other deletion-channel problems.

Selected references

  • V. I. Levenshtein, Efficient reconstruction of sequences, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.904499
  • T. Batu, S. Kannan, S. Khanna and A. McGregor, Reconstructing strings from random traces, SODA 2004. https://people.cs.umass.edu/~mcgregor/papers/04-soda.pdf
  • T. Holenstein, M. Mitzenmacher, R. Panigrahy and U. Wieder, Trace reconstruction with constant deletion probability and related results, SODA 2008. https://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~michaelm/postscripts/soda2008c.pdf
  • A. McGregor, E. Price and S. Vorotnikova, Trace reconstruction revisited, ESA 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-44777-2_57
  • A. De, R. O'Donnell and R. A. Servedio, Optimal mean-based algorithms for trace reconstruction, STOC 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3055399.3055450
  • F. Nazarov and Y. Peres, Trace reconstruction with exp⁡(O(n1/3))\exp(O(n^{1/3}))exp(O(n1/3)) samples, STOC 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3055399.3055494
  • N. Holden and R. Lyons, Lower bounds for trace reconstruction, Ann. Appl. Probab., 2020. https://doi.org/10.1214/19-AAP1506
  • Z. Chase, New lower bounds for trace reconstruction, Ann. Inst. Henri Poincaré Probab. Stat. 57 (2021), 627–643. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AIHP1089
  • Z. Chase, Separating words and trace reconstruction, STOC 2021. https://doi.org/10.1145/3406325.3451118
  • A. Burudgunte, P. Valiant and H. Wang, Quasipolynomial trace reconstruction, preprint, 2026. https://arxiv.org/abs/2607.04073
  • OpenAI, Quantitative lower bounds for trace reconstruction, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 24, 2026 (Theorem 1.1, p. 1; Theorem 1.2, p. 2). https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/quantitative-lower-bounds-for-trace-reconstruction-September-24-2026/paper.pdf
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Discrete GeometryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

The Gaussian propeller bound in every dimensionResearch Paper

Motivation

Split Euclidean space into finitely many measurable cells and record, for each cell, its Gaussian first moment, the integral of xxx against the standard Gaussian measure over that cell. How large can the sum of the squared lengths of these vectors be? The propeller conjecture predicts that, with at least three cells in dimension at least two, the answer is 9/(8π)9/(8\pi)9/(8π), attained by three planar sectors of angle 2π/32\pi/32π/3 (a "propeller") times the orthogonal complement. The question arose in Khot and Naor's work on approximate kernel clustering (Mathematika 2009), where this Gaussian partition parameter determines both the approximation ratio of Gaussian rounding and the matching Unique-Games hardness threshold. The surprise is that more cells or more dimensions do not help: the optimum uses only three cells in a plane.

This mission asks for a formal proof of the propeller bound in every dimension, as stated in an OpenAI preprint dated September 24, 2026 (source). The preprint has not been peer reviewed and its claims have not been independently verified; on the platform the Lean goal is open.

Background

  • 1983–2003 — The Gaussian Minkowski (Ehrhard) inequality: Ehrhard for convex sets (Math. Scand. 1983), Latała when one set is convex (Studia Math. 1996), Borell for Borel sets (C. R. Acad. Sci. 2003); later van Handel's game proof (PTRF 2018).
  • 2009 — Khot and Naor introduce the problem, reduce maximizers to conical partitions in the span of their centroids, and compute the three-cell value (Mathematika 2009); see also their sharp kernel-clustering paper (RSA 2013).
  • 2013 — Heilman, Jagannath and Naor prove the conjecture in R3\mathbb R^3R3 with a computer-assisted argument (DCG 2013).
  • 2022 — Heilman gives a conditional route for three or four cells in any dimension, under a stability hypothesis on noise-stability maximizers (arXiv:2209.11216).
  • September 2026 — The OpenAI preprint claims the bound for every dimension and every number of cells (Theorem 1.1, p. 1).

Setting

Let γd\gamma_dγd​ be the standard Gaussian probability measure on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, with density (2π)−d/2e−∥x∥2/2(2\pi)^{-d/2}e^{-\|x\|^2/2}(2π)−d/2e−∥x∥2/2. For a measurable set A⊆RdA\subseteq\mathbb R^dA⊆Rd, its centroid is the unnormalized vector

z(A)=∫Ax dγd(x)∈Rd.z(A)=\int_A x\,d\gamma_d(x)\in\mathbb R^d .z(A)=∫A​xdγd​(x)∈Rd.

A measurable partition (A1,…,Ak)(A_1,\dots,A_k)(A1​,…,Ak​) of Rd\mathbb R^dRd consists of measurable sets such that almost every point (for γd\gamma_dγd​) lies in exactly one of them; empty cells and arbitrary cell probabilities are allowed. Its value is F(A)=∑i=1k∥z(Ai)∥2F(A)=\sum_{i=1}^k\|z(A_i)\|^2F(A)=∑i=1k​∥z(Ai​)∥2. The propeller is the partition of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d≥2d\ge2d≥2, into the three sets Sj×Rd−2S_j\times\mathbb R^{d-2}Sj​×Rd−2, where S1,S2,S3S_1,S_2,S_3S1​,S2​,S3​ are the planar sectors of opening 2π/32\pi/32π/3 bounded by the rays at angles ±π/3\pm\pi/3±π/3 and π\piπ, with any further cells empty.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1 (p. 1)

For all positive integers d,kd,kd,k and every measurable partition (A1,…,Ak)(A_1,\dots,A_k)(A1​,…,Ak​) of Rd\mathbb R^dRd,

∑i=1k∥∫Aix dγd(x)∥2 ≤ 98π,\sum_{i=1}^k\Bigl\|\int_{A_i}x\,d\gamma_d(x)\Bigr\|^2\ \le\ \frac{9}{8\pi},i=1∑k​​∫Ai​​xdγd​(x)​2 ≤ 8π9​,

and for d≥2d\ge2d≥2, k≥3k\ge3k≥3 the propeller is a measurable partition attaining equality.

Significance

The result itself. It settles the propeller conjecture in all dimensions and for all numbers of cells, without constraints on cell masses. Through Khot and Naor's analysis, the constant 9/(8π)9/(8\pi)9/(8π) fixes the loss factor αk=8π9(1−1k)\alpha_k=\frac{8\pi}{9}(1-\frac1k)αk​=98π​(1−k1​) of Gaussian rounding for identity-target kernel clustering; combined with the companion Unique Games preprint, the preprint deduces NP-hardness of any better fixed loss factor (Theorem 6.1, p. 18). The bound also gives a sharp inequality for expected Gaussian maxima (Corollary 5.1, p. 17).

Formalizing it. A formal proof needs Gaussian measures on Euclidean space (available in Mathlib as stdGaussian), a compactness argument for extremal partitions, the convex case of the Ehrhard inequality, and the three-dimensional theorem of Heilman, Jagannath and Naor, which the preprint uses as an established input and which itself relies on a finite computer verification. Each of these is a reusable component; the three-dimensional case alone would be a substantial formalization.

Difficulty

The optimization runs over all measurable partitions, with both shapes and probabilities free. Khot and Naor's reduction gives conical extremizers whose mmm nonzero centroids span an (m−1)(m-1)(m−1)-dimensional space, so the three-dimensional theorem disposes of m≤4m\le4m≤4 active cells. The remaining cases m≥5m\ge5m≥5 cannot be handled by any fixed finite computation. The preprint constrains them in two ways: deleting one score costs a definite amount of expected maximum, via concavity from the Ehrhard inequality (Section 3), and competition against two residual scores constrains a covariance determinant (Section 4, Lemma 4.1 and Corollary 4.2, pp. 11–12). Combining these must rule out every configuration with five or more cells.

Formalization scope

  • Space d is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and the measure is stdGaussian. IsPartition A asks each cell to be measurable and almost every point to lie in exactly one cell, matching the paper's convention that partitions are taken up to null sets.
  • centroid A is the Bochner integral of the identity over A; value sums squared Euclidean norms. Integrability holds because Gaussian measures have finite first moments.
  • The goal is a conjunction: the bound for all d,k≥1d,k\ge1d,k≥1, and, for d≥2d\ge2d≥2, k≥3k\ge3k≥3, that the explicit three-sector propeller d k (cells ≥3\ge3≥3 empty) is a partition with value exactly 9/(8π)9/(8\pi)9/(8π). The sectors are written with closed inequalities, so they overlap only on null rays.
  • No hypothesis is vacuous: the case k=1k=1k=1 is included (value 000), and the equality clause pins the constant.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, The Gaussian propeller bound in every dimension, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 24, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/The-Gaussian-Propeller-Bound-in-Every-Dimension-September-24-2026/main.pdf
  • S. Khot, A. Naor, Approximate kernel clustering, Mathematika 55 (2009), 129–165. https://doi.org/10.1112/S002557930000098X
  • S. Khot, A. Naor, Sharp kernel clustering algorithms and their associated Grothendieck inequalities, Random Struct. Algorithms 42 (2013), 269–300. https://doi.org/10.1002/rsa.20398
  • S. Heilman, A. Jagannath, A. Naor, Solution of the Propeller Conjecture in R3\mathbb R^3R3, Discrete Comput. Geom. 50 (2013), 263–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00454-013-9530-0
  • S. Heilman, Hyperstable sets with voting and algorithmic hardness applications, arXiv:2209.11216 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2209.11216v1
  • A. Ehrhard, Symétrisation dans l'espace de Gauss, Math. Scand. 53 (1983), 281–301. https://doi.org/10.7146/math.scand.a-12035
  • R. Latała, A note on the Ehrhard inequality, Studia Math. 118 (1996), 169–174. https://doi.org/10.4064/sm-118-2-169-174
  • C. Borell, The Ehrhard inequality, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 337 (2003), 663–666. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2003.09.031
  • R. van Handel, The Borell–Ehrhard game, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 170 (2018), 555–585. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-017-0762-4
  • E. Mossel, R. O'Donnell, K. Oleszkiewicz, Noise stability of functions with low influences: invariance and optimality, Ann. of Math. 171 (2010), 295–341. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2010.171.295
2 thms1 active userReviewed
Number Theory·Captain: wurtle

The joint Dickman law for consecutive integersResearch Paper

Motivation: largest prime factors of neighbouring integers

Let P+(n)P^+(n)P+(n) be the largest prime factor of an integer n≥2n\ge2n≥2. The classical theory of smooth numbers (Dickman 1930, Ramaswami 1949, de Bruijn 1951) shows that log⁡P+(n)/log⁡n\log P^+(n)/\log nlogP+(n)/logn has a limiting distribution: the proportion of n≤Xn\le Xn≤X with P+(n)≤XaP^+(n)\le X^aP+(n)≤Xa tends to ρ(1/a)\rho(1/a)ρ(1/a), where ρ\rhoρ is the Dickman function. Multiplicative structure of nnn and of n+1n+1n+1 is expected to be independent, since consecutive integers share no prime factor, but proving independence of such "additive shifts" of multiplicative data is the core difficulty of the Chowla/Elliott circle of problems. Erdős and Pomerance (1978) asked whether P+(n)P^+(n)P+(n) and P+(n+1)P^+(n+1)P+(n+1) are asymptotically independent with Dickman marginals, and, as a consequence, whether P+(n)<P+(n+1)P^+(n)<P^+(n+1)P+(n)<P+(n+1) holds for exactly half of all nnn (a comparison question usually attributed to Erdős and Turán).

Timeline

  • 1930–1951 — Dickman, Ramaswami and de Bruijn establish the one-variable law #{n≤X:P+(n)≤Xa}/X→ρ(1/a)\#\{n\le X: P^+(n)\le X^a\}/X\to\rho(1/a)#{n≤X:P+(n)≤Xa}/X→ρ(1/a).
  • 1978 — Erdős and Pomerance formulate the joint independence problem, prove that each ordering of P+(n),P+(n+1)P^+(n),P^+(n+1)P+(n),P+(n+1) has lower natural density at least 0.00990.00990.0099, and show that P+(n)/P+(n+1)P^+(n)/P^+(n+1)P+(n)/P+(n+1) rarely lies in (X−δ,Xδ)(X^{-\delta},X^{\delta})(X−δ,Xδ) (Aequationes Math. 17 (1978)).
  • 2005 — de la Bretèche, Pomerance and Tenenbaum raise the lower density to 0.055440.055440.05544 (and 0.058660.058660.05866 via an observation of Fouvry).
  • 2017–2018 — Wang obtains 0.10630.10630.1063 and 0.13560.13560.1356.
  • 2018 — Teräväinen proves the joint Dickman law in logarithmic density, and logarithmic density 1/21/21/2 for the ordering (Forum Math. Sigma 6 (2018)).
  • 2019 — Tao and Teräväinen obtain the joint law for ordinary averages outside an exceptional set of scales of logarithmic density zero (Algebra Number Theory 13 (2019)).
  • 2021 — Wang proves the ordinary joint law conditionally on the Elliott–Halberstam conjecture for friable integers (J. Number Theory 223).
  • 2022 — Jiang, Lü and Wang prove averaged-over-shift versions (Adv. Math. 409).
  • 2025–2026 — Lü and Wang reach lower density 0.20170.20170.2017; Yang reaches 0.2800.2800.280 (arXiv:2607.16032); Tao and Teräväinen give a quantitative joint law outside exceptional scales (arXiv:2512.01739).
  • 2026 — An OpenAI preprint, The joint Dickman law for consecutive integers (OpenAI Math Release, September 24, 2026), claims the unconditional joint law in ordinary natural density at every scale. It has not been peer reviewed, and its proof is not formally verified.

Setting

For n≥2n\ge2n≥2, P+(n)P^+(n)P+(n) is the largest prime dividing nnn. The Dickman function ρ:[0,∞)→R\rho:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb Rρ:[0,∞)→R is the continuous function with

ρ(u)=1 (0≤u≤1),uρ′(u)=−ρ(u−1) (u>1),\rho(u)=1\ (0\le u\le1),\qquad u\rho'(u)=-\rho(u-1)\ (u>1),ρ(u)=1 (0≤u≤1),uρ′(u)=−ρ(u−1) (u>1),

equivalently ρ(u)=1−∫1uρ(t−1) dtt\rho(u)=1-\int_1^u \rho(t-1)\,\frac{dt}{t}ρ(u)=1−∫1u​ρ(t−1)tdt​ for u≥1u\ge1u≥1. For a property PPP of integers and real X>0X>0X>0, the natural density at scale XXX is

realDensity(P,X)=1X #{2≤n≤X: P(n)}.\mathrm{realDensity}(P,X)=\frac1X\,\#\{2\le n\le X:\ P(n)\}.realDensity(P,X)=X1​#{2≤n≤X: P(n)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: the joint Dickman law (Theorem 1.1)

For every fixed a,b∈(0,1)a,b\in(0,1)a,b∈(0,1),

lim⁡X→∞1X#{2≤n≤X: P+(n)≤na, P+(n+1)≤nb}=ρ(1/a) ρ(1/b),\lim_{X\to\infty}\frac1X\#\{2\le n\le X:\ P^+(n)\le n^a,\ P^+(n+1)\le n^b\}=\rho(1/a)\,\rho(1/b),X→∞lim​X1​#{2≤n≤X: P+(n)≤na, P+(n+1)≤nb}=ρ(1/a)ρ(1/b),

with XXX running over all reals and ordinary, unweighted counting. The goal statement is published on the platform with status Open.

Milestones: equal ordering densities (Corollary 1.2)

lim⁡X→∞1X#{2≤n≤X: P+(n)<P+(n+1)}=12,lim⁡X→∞1X#{2≤n≤X: P+(n+1)<P+(n)}=12.\lim_{X\to\infty}\frac1X\#\{2\le n\le X:\ P^+(n)<P^+(n+1)\}=\tfrac12, \qquad \lim_{X\to\infty}\frac1X\#\{2\le n\le X:\ P^+(n+1)<P^+(n)\}=\tfrac12 .X→∞lim​X1​#{2≤n≤X: P+(n)<P+(n+1)}=21​,X→∞lim​X1​#{2≤n≤X: P+(n+1)<P+(n)}=21​.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1.1 says that, in natural density, log⁡P+(n)/log⁡n\log P^+(n)/\log nlogP+(n)/logn and log⁡P+(n+1)/log⁡n\log P^+(n+1)/\log nlogP+(n+1)/logn are independent with Dickman marginals. It settles the Erdős–Pomerance independence question positively, removes the logarithmic weighting of Teräväinen's theorem and the exceptional scales of Tao–Teräväinen, and implies the Erdős–Turán comparison: because the limiting marginal is continuous, the product law gives no mass to the diagonal, so each strict ordering has density 1/21/21/2 (Corollary 1.2). Previous unconditional work only gave lower natural densities, never the existence of the density.

Formalizing it. The goal is a clean density statement about elementary objects, but its proof combines Matomäki–Radziwiłł short-interval estimates, sieve bounds, a divisor amplifier, graph comparison and cut-norm sampling. No part of this argument is machine-checked. Even the one-variable Dickman law (the marginal case) is not in Mathlib, and would be a reusable milestone in its own right.

Difficulty

Independence of nnn and n+1n+1n+1 is a binary correlation problem for multiplicative data, of the same nature as the two-point Chowla conjecture. Tao's entropy-decrement and logarithmic-averaging method handles such correlations only with weight 1/n1/n1/n, or at almost all scales; the step that fails for ordinary density is ruling out a positive correlation along a sparse sequence of scales. The indicator 1P+(n)≤na\mathbf 1_{P^+(n)\le n^a}1P+(n)≤na​ is also not multiplicative, so short-interval theorems for multiplicative functions do not apply to it directly.

Formalization scope

  • Nat.maxPrimeFac n (largest element of the prime factor list, a faithful backport of the Mathlib definition) represents P+(n)P^+(n)P+(n); its junk values at 0,10,10,1 are irrelevant since counting starts at n=2n=2n=2.
  • realDensity P X is #{n ∈ [2, ⌊X⌋] : P n} / X as a real number, and limits are Tendsto … atTop over real XXX, matching "the limit over all real XXX".
  • The thresholds are P+(n)≤naP^+(n)\le n^aP+(n)≤na with real powers (n:ℝ)^a, and the hypotheses 0<a<10<a<10<a<1, 0<b<10<b<10<b<1 are explicit.
  • ρ\rhoρ is constructed by iterating the delay integral equation stepApprox and evaluating the ⌈u⌉\lceil u\rceil⌈u⌉-th iterate at uuu; this agrees with the Dickman function on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), which is the only range used (1/a,1/b>11/a,1/b>11/a,1/b>1). A wrong ρ\rhoρ would make the goal false, so this definition is part of what solvers should check.
  • Needed infrastructure: the one-variable Dickman law, Selberg–Delange and sieve estimates, short-interval mean values of multiplicative functions, and profinite/Haar-measure compactness arguments. Contributions formalizing the smooth-number marginal or the deduction of Corollary 1.2 from Theorem 1.1 are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Dickman, On the frequency of numbers containing prime factors of a certain relative magnitude, Ark. Mat. Astr. Fys. 22A (1930).
  • N. G. de Bruijn, On the number of positive integers ≤x\le x≤x and free of prime factors >y>y>y, Proc. KNAW Ser. A 54 (1951). https://research.tue.nl/en/publications/on-the-number-of-positive-integers-leq-x-and-free-of-prime-factor/
  • P. Erdős and C. Pomerance, On the largest prime factors of nnn and n+1n+1n+1, Aequationes Math. 17 (1978), 311–321. https://www.renyi.hu/~p_erdos/1978-29.pdf
  • J. Teräväinen, On binary correlations of multiplicative functions, Forum Math. Sigma 6 (2018), e10. https://doi.org/10.1017/fms.2018.10
  • T. Tao and J. Teräväinen, The structure of correlations of multiplicative functions at almost all scales, with applications to the Chowla and Elliott conjectures, Algebra Number Theory 13 (2019). https://doi.org/10.2140/ant.2019.13.2103
  • K. Matomäki and M. Radziwiłł, Multiplicative functions in short intervals, Ann. of Math. 183 (2016). https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2016.183.3.6
  • T. Tao and J. Teräväinen, Quantitative correlations and some problems on prime factors of consecutive integers, preprint (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2512.01739
  • OpenAI, The joint Dickman law for consecutive integers, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 24, 2026 (Theorem 1.1 and Corollary 1.2, p. 2). https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/The-joint-Dickman-law-for-consecutive-integers-September-24-2026/paper.pdf
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryMachine LearningTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? V: Masked Parity Is Learnable by Adaptive but Not by Nonadaptive Statistical Queries Under the Uniform DistributionResearch Paper

Motivation

In the local model of differential privacy, each individual randomizes their own data before handing it to an untrusted learner. Local protocols are the deployed form of private data collection, and in practice every round of interaction with the population is expensive: the learner must broadcast new instructions and wait for new reports. Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith, What Can We Learn Privately? (arXiv:0803.0924v3, published in SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090; theorem numbers below are those of arXiv v3) show that local learning is equivalent to learning with statistical queries (SQ) in the sense of Kearns (1998), and that the equivalence maps noninteractive local learners to nonadaptive SQ learners. The question whether interaction is ever necessary in the local model therefore becomes the question whether adaptivity is ever necessary for SQ learning.

This mission formalizes the paper's answer (§5.3, Theorem 5.16): a concept class, MASKED-PARITY, that an adaptive SQ learner learns exactly with d+1d+1d+1 queries in two rounds, while every nonadaptive SQ learner with fewer than exponentially many queries fails against a specific valid oracle, under the uniform distribution on examples.

Setting

Fix ddd, a power of two. The domain is D={0,1}d×{0,1}log⁡d×{0,1}D=\{0,1\}^d\times\{0,1\}^{\log d}\times\{0,1\}D={0,1}d×{0,1}logd×{0,1}, with points u=(x,i,b)u=(x,i,b)u=(x,i,b), and examples are drawn from the uniform distribution D\mathcal DD on DDD. For r∈{0,1}dr\in\{0,1\}^dr∈{0,1}d and a∈{0,1}a\in\{0,1\}a∈{0,1}, the concept cr,a:D→{+1,−1}c_{r,a}:D\to\{+1,-1\}cr,a​:D→{+1,−1} is

cr,a(x,i,b)={(−1)r⊙x+ab=0,(−1)rib=1,c_{r,a}(x,i,b)=\begin{cases}(-1)^{r\odot x+a}&b=0,\\(-1)^{r_i}&b=1,\end{cases}cr,a​(x,i,b)={(−1)r⊙x+a(−1)ri​​b=0,b=1,​

where r⊙xr\odot xr⊙x is the inner product modulo 2. MASKED-PARITY is the class {cr,a}\{c_{r,a}\}{cr,a​}: on the half b=0b=0b=0 it is the parity rrr or its negation, according to the mask aaa; on the half b=1b=1b=1 it reveals the bit rir_iri​.

A statistical query is a function g(u,y)g(u,y)g(u,y) of an example and a label together with a tolerance τ\tauτ. The SQ oracle for the target ccc answers with any real vvv such that ∣v−Eu∼D[g(u,c(u))]∣≤τ|v-\mathbb E_{u\sim\mathcal D}[g(u,c(u))]|\le\tau∣v−Eu∼D​[g(u,c(u))]∣≤τ; the learner must succeed for every such answer. An SQ learner is nonadaptive if it fixes all its queries before receiving any answer, and adaptive otherwise. Write ⟨f,h⟩=Eu∼D[f(u)h(u)]\langle f,h\rangle=\mathbb E_{u\sim\mathcal D}[f(u)h(u)]⟨f,h⟩=Eu∼D​[f(u)h(u)] and err(f,h)=Pr⁡u∼D[f(u)≠h(u)]\mathrm{err}(f,h)=\Pr_{u\sim\mathcal D}[f(u)\ne h(u)]err(f,h)=Pru∼D​[f(u)=h(u)].

The lower bound uses the decomposition of a query into fg(u)=g(u,1)−g(u,−1)2f_g(u)=\frac{g(u,1)-g(u,-1)}2fg​(u)=2g(u,1)−g(u,−1)​ and Cg=12E[g(u,1)+g(u,−1)]C_g=\frac12\mathbb E[g(u,1)+g(u,-1)]Cg​=21​E[g(u,1)+g(u,−1)], the restrictions cr,asc^s_{r,a}cr,as​, fgsf^s_gfgs​ of cr,ac_{r,a}cr,a​ and fgf_gfg​ to the half b=sb=sb=s (equation (6)), and the oracle

Ocr,a,D(g,τ)={Cg+⟨fg1,cr,a1⟩if ∣⟨fg0,cr,a0⟩∣<τ,E[g(u,cr,a(u))]otherwise.\mathcal O_{c_{r,a},\mathcal D}(g,\tau)=\begin{cases}C_g+\langle f^1_g,c^1_{r,a}\rangle&\text{if }|\langle f^0_g,c^0_{r,a}\rangle|<\tau,\\ \mathbb E[g(u,c_{r,a}(u))]&\text{otherwise.}\end{cases}Ocr,a​,D​(g,τ)={Cg​+⟨fg1​,cr,a1​⟩E[g(u,cr,a​(u))]​if ∣⟨fg0​,cr,a0​⟩∣<τ,otherwise.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.16 (p. 27)

  1. There is a two-round SQ learner (ddd queries, then one), with {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued queries of tolerance at least 14d+1\frac1{4d+1}4d+11​, that outputs cr,ac_{r,a}cr,a​ for every target and every valid answers.
  2. O\mathcal OO is a valid SQ oracle, and every nonadaptive learner making ttt queries with values ±1\pm1±1 and tolerance at least 2−d/32^{-d/3}2−d/3, run against O\mathcal OO on a uniformly random target, satisfies
Pr⁡crˉ,aˉ[err(crˉ,aˉ,h)≥14]≥12−t2d/3+2.\Pr_{c_{\bar r,\bar a}}\Bigl[\mathrm{err}(c_{\bar r,\bar a},h)\ge\tfrac14\Bigr]\ge\frac12-\frac t{2^{d/3+2}}.crˉ,aˉ​Pr​[err(crˉ,aˉ​,h)≥41​]≥21​−2d/3+2t​.

Milestones

  • Proposition 5.18 (p. 28): the learner AMP\mathcal A_{\mathrm{MP}}AMP​ recovers r^=r\hat r=rr^=r and a^=a\hat a=aa^=a from every valid answers.
  • Equation (7) (p. 29): E[g(u,cr,a(u))]=Cg+⟨fg0,cr,a0⟩+⟨fg1,cr,a1⟩\mathbb E[g(u,c_{r,a}(u))]=C_g+\langle f^0_g,c^0_{r,a}\rangle+\langle f^1_g,c^1_{r,a}\rangleE[g(u,cr,a​(u))]=Cg​+⟨fg0​,cr,a0​⟩+⟨fg1​,cr,a1​⟩.
  • The oracle (p. 30): O\mathcal OO is valid and answers identically on cr,0c_{r,0}cr,0​ and cr,1c_{r,1}cr,1​ when ∣⟨fg0,cr,00⟩∣<τ|\langle f^0_g,c^0_{r,0}\rangle|<\tau∣⟨fg0​,cr,00​⟩∣<τ.
  • Orthogonality (p. 30): ⟨cr,a0,cr′,a0⟩\langle c^0_{r,a},c^0_{r',a}\rangle⟨cr,a0​,cr′,a0​⟩ is 1/21/21/2 if r=r′r=r'r=r′ and 000 otherwise.
  • Bessel bound (p. 30): ∑(r,a)2⟨fg0,cr,a0⟩2≤1\sum_{(r,a)}2\langle f^0_g,c^0_{r,a}\rangle^2\le1∑(r,a)​2⟨fg0​,cr,a0​⟩2≤1 for ±1\pm1±1-valued ggg.
  • Counting (p. 30): at most 22d/3−12^{2d/3-1}22d/3−1 pairs (r,a)(r,a)(r,a) have ∣⟨fg0,cr,a0⟩∣≥2−d/3|\langle f^0_g,c^0_{r,a}\rangle|\ge2^{-d/3}∣⟨fg0​,cr,a0​⟩∣≥2−d/3.
  • Pr⁡[Good]≥1−t/2d/3+2\Pr[\mathit{Good}]\ge1-t/2^{d/3+2}Pr[Good]≥1−t/2d/3+2 (p. 30).

Significance

The result. Combined with the paper's equivalence between local and SQ learning (Theorem 5.14), Theorem 5.16 shows that interaction is sometimes necessary in local differential privacy: there is a class learnable by an interactive local protocol with polynomially many examples, but not by any noninteractive one with fewer than exponentially many (Corollary 5.17). The separation concerns strong learning under a fixed distribution; the paper notes that adaptive and nonadaptive SQ learning coincide for weak learning, and that a distribution-free separation was left open.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper and has, to our knowledge, no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a self-contained Lean model of statistical query learning with labelled queries and adversarial oracles, a finite Fourier calculus for parities on {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d (orthogonality and a Bessel inequality for ±1\pm1±1-valued functions), and the counting and union-bound argument of SQ lower bounds. The proof of part (2) contains several printed slips (listed below); a formal proof settles the corrected argument.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a direct computation. The difficulty is in part (2): the learner's hypothesis may be any function, not a concept of the class, and the lower bound must hold for every nonadaptive strategy at once. A naive argument that each query "reveals little about aaa" fails, because the true answer to a query does depend on aaa; the argument needs an oracle that is valid (within tolerance of the truth) and yet independent of aaa on most targets, and a quantitative bound on how many targets any single ±1\pm1±1-valued query can correlate with on the half b=0b=0b=0. That bound is an L2L^2L2 statement over all 2d+12^{d+1}2d+1 concepts, not a pointwise one.

Formalization scope

  • Domain and distribution. The index i∈{0,1}log⁡di\in\{0,1\}^{\log d}i∈{0,1}logd is encoded as Fin d, and every theorem assumes d=2md=2^md=2m (implicit in the paper). Vectors are Fin d → ZMod 2, with 0-based bits. Expectations are averages over the finite domain; probabilities over the target are counts of pairs (r,a)(r,a)(r,a) divided by 2d+12^{d+1}2d+1.
  • Values. Concepts, hypotheses and queries are real-valued; labels ±1\pm1±1 are reals. Queries in part (1) take values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}, as AMP\mathcal A_{\mathrm{MP}}AMP​'s do; queries in part (2) take values ±1\pm1±1 on labels ±1\pm1±1, as in the paper's proof. The paper allows non-Boolean queries (p. 19); a version of part (2) for real queries with values in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] is a true strengthening that the same argument supports, and is not stated.
  • Oracles. An SQ oracle is adversarial within the tolerance: the upper bound holds for every valid answer. Part (2) exhibits the paper's oracle O\mathcal OO and asserts its validity for every τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Without that conjunct an "oracle" that ignores the tolerance would make part (2) trivial; the statement rules this out.
  • Learners. Learners are deterministic structures (a nonadaptive learner is a list of queries and tolerances plus an output map; a two-round learner's second-round queries are functions of the first-round answers). A randomized learner is a mixture over its coins and the bounds hold coin by coin. "Efficient" is not modelled. The informal "with a polynomial number of queries" is formalized through its quantitative "Specifically" sentence.
  • Real powers. 2d/32^{d/3}2d/3, 22d/3−12^{2d/3-1}22d/3−1 and 2d/3+22^{d/3+2}2d/3+2 are real powers; no natural-number division is used.
  • Corrections of the proof (not of the theorem). The event Good\mathit{Good}Good on p. 30 is printed with crˉ,aˉc_{\bar r,\bar a}crˉ,aˉ​ and ≤\le≤; the milestone uses crˉ,aˉ0c^0_{\bar r,\bar a}crˉ,aˉ0​ and the strict <<<, which is what the counting display and the oracle's test require. The quotient 22d/3−1/2d+12^{2d/3-1}/2^{d+1}22d/3−1/2d+1 is printed as 2−d/32^{-d/3}2−d/3 and equals 2−d/3−22^{-d/3-2}2−d/3−2; "cr,00=−cr,00c^0_{r,0}=-c^0_{r,0}cr,00​=−cr,00​" should read cr,10=−cr,00c^0_{r,1}=-c^0_{r,0}cr,10​=−cr,00​. The final display of the proof gives 12(1−t/2d/3+2)\frac12(1-t/2^{d/3+2})21​(1−t/2d/3+2), which is at least the theorem's bound.

Contributions welcome: the Fourier facts for {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d (reusable for any parity-based SQ lower bound), the general decomposition (7), and the probability bound of part (2) from the milestones.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826. arXiv:0803.0924v3, DOI 10.1137/090756090.
  • M. Kearns, Efficient noise-tolerant learning from statistical queries, J. ACM 45(6) (1998) 983–1006. DOI 10.1145/293347.293351.
  • A. Blum, M. Furst, J. Jackson, M. Kearns, Y. Mansour, S. Rudich, Weakly learning DNF and characterizing statistical query learning using Fourier analysis, STOC 1994. DOI 10.1145/195058.195147.
  • N. Bshouty, V. Feldman, On using extended statistical queries to avoid membership queries, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 2 (2002) 359–395. JMLR.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Affine Processes on Positive Semidefinite Matrices I: Every Affine Process on the PSD Cone Is Regular and Feller, with Generator (2.12) Given by an Admissible Parameter SetResearch Paper

Motivation

Matrix-valued affine processes on the cone of positive semidefinite matrices are used in finance as models of stochastic covariance: multi-asset option pricing with stochastic volatility and correlation, and fixed-income models with stochastically correlated risk factors and default intensities. The best-known example is the Wishart process of Bru (1991). What makes these models tractable is that the Laplace transform of the state is exponential-affine in the initial state, with exponents that solve ordinary differential equations of Riccati type.

Cuchiero, Filipović, Mayerhofer and Teichmann (2011) give the mathematical foundation: a complete characterization of stochastically continuous affine processes on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ through an admissible parameter set. Their Theorem 2.4 has two halves. This mission formalizes the first, necessity, half: every affine process on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ is regular and Feller, and its generator and Riccati equations are given by an admissible parameter set.

Timeline. Duffie, Filipović and Schachermayer (2003) characterized regular affine processes on the canonical state space R+m×Rn\mathbb R_+^m \times \mathbb R^nR+m​×Rn, assuming regularity. Keller-Ressel, Schachermayer and Teichmann showed that on that state space stochastic continuity already implies regularity. The 2011 paper carries both the characterization and the regularity result over to Sd+S_d^+Sd+​, a non-polyhedral cone with a curved boundary, on which the drift must satisfy the new condition b⪰(d−1)αb \succeq (d-1)\alphab⪰(d−1)α.

Setting

Let SdS_dSd​ be the space of real symmetric d×dd\times dd×d matrices with scalar product ⟨x,y⟩=Tr(xy)\langle x,y\rangle = \mathrm{Tr}(xy)⟨x,y⟩=Tr(xy) and norm ∥x∥=⟨x,x⟩1/2\|x\| = \langle x,x\rangle^{1/2}∥x∥=⟨x,x⟩1/2. Let Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ be the cone of positive semidefinite matrices and Sd++S_d^{++}Sd++​ its interior, and write x⪯yx \preceq yx⪯y when y−x∈Sd+y - x \in S_d^+y−x∈Sd+​.

A time-homogeneous Markov process XXX on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ is described by sub-stochastic transition kernels pt(x,dξ)p_t(x,d\xi)pt​(x,dξ), t≥0t\ge 0t≥0. Mass that is lost goes to a cemetery state Δ\DeltaΔ. The kernels satisfy the Chapman–Kolmogorov equations, and the semigroup is Ptf(x)=∫f(ξ) pt(x,dξ)P_tf(x) = \int f(\xi)\,p_t(x,d\xi)Pt​f(x)=∫f(ξ)pt​(x,dξ). The process is affine (Definition 2.1) if it is stochastically continuous, i.e. ps(x,⋅)→pt(x,⋅)p_s(x,\cdot) \to p_t(x,\cdot)ps​(x,⋅)→pt​(x,⋅) weakly as s→ts \to ts→t, and if there are φ:R+×Sd+→R+\varphi : \mathbb R_+ \times S_d^+ \to \mathbb R_+φ:R+​×Sd+​→R+​ and ψ:R+×Sd+→Sd+\psi : \mathbb R_+\times S_d^+ \to S_d^+ψ:R+​×Sd+​→Sd+​ with

∫Sd+e−⟨u,ξ⟩ pt(x,dξ)=e−φ(t,u)−⟨ψ(t,u),x⟩,t≥0, u,x∈Sd+.\int_{S_d^+} e^{-\langle u,\xi\rangle}\,p_t(x,d\xi) = e^{-\varphi(t,u) - \langle\psi(t,u),x\rangle}, \qquad t\ge0,\ u,x\in S_d^+.∫Sd+​​e−⟨u,ξ⟩pt​(x,dξ)=e−φ(t,u)−⟨ψ(t,u),x⟩,t≥0, u,x∈Sd+​.

It is regular (Definition 2.2) if F(u)=∂tφ(t,u)∣t=0+F(u) = \partial_t\varphi(t,u)|_{t=0+}F(u)=∂t​φ(t,u)∣t=0+​ and R(u)=∂tψ(t,u)∣t=0+R(u) = \partial_t\psi(t,u)|_{t=0+}R(u)=∂t​ψ(t,u)∣t=0+​ exist and are continuous at u=0u=0u=0.

An admissible parameter set (α,b,βij,c,γ,m,μ)(\alpha, b, \beta^{ij}, c, \gamma, m, \mu)(α,b,βij,c,γ,m,μ), associated with a bounded continuous truncation function χ\chiχ (equal to the identity near 000), consists of:

  • a diffusion coefficient α∈Sd+\alpha \in S_d^+α∈Sd+​ and a constant drift b⪰(d−1)αb \succeq (d-1)\alphab⪰(d−1)α;
  • killing rates c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and γ∈Sd+\gamma \in S_d^+γ∈Sd+​;
  • a jump measure mmm with ∫(∥ξ∥∧1) m(dξ)<∞\int(\|\xi\|\wedge1)\,m(d\xi)<\infty∫(∥ξ∥∧1)m(dξ)<∞;
  • a matrix μ\muμ of finite signed measures with μ(E)∈Sd+\mu(E) \in S_d^+μ(E)∈Sd+​, defining M(x,dξ)=⟨x,μ(dξ)⟩/(∥ξ∥2∧1)M(x,d\xi) = \langle x,\mu(d\xi)\rangle/(\|\xi\|^2\wedge1)M(x,dξ)=⟨x,μ(dξ)⟩/(∥ξ∥2∧1);
  • a linear drift B(x)=∑i,jβijxijB(x) = \sum_{i,j}\beta^{ij}x_{ij}B(x)=∑i,j​βijxij​.

These are subject to the boundary conditions (2.9) and (2.11) for x,u∈Sd+x,u \in S_d^+x,u∈Sd+​ with ⟨x,u⟩=0\langle x,u\rangle = 0⟨x,u⟩=0. The space S+\mathcal S_+S+​ consists of restrictions to Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ of rapidly decreasing smooth functions on SdS_dSd​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4, first part

If XXX is affine on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​, then XXX is regular and Feller, S+\mathcal S_+S+​ lies in the domain of its generator A\mathcal AA on C0(Sd+)C_0(S_d^+)C0​(Sd+​), and there is an admissible parameter set such that for f∈S+f \in \mathcal S_+f∈S+​

Af(x)=12∑Aijkl(x) ∂ij∂klf(x)+∑(bij+Bij(x)) ∂ijf(x)−(c+⟨γ,x⟩)f(x)+∫(f(x+ξ)−f(x)) m(dξ)+∫(f(x+ξ)−f(x)−⟨χ(ξ),∇f(x)⟩) M(x,dξ),\mathcal Af(x) = \tfrac12\sum A_{ijkl}(x)\,\partial_{ij}\partial_{kl}f(x) + \sum (b_{ij}+B_{ij}(x))\,\partial_{ij}f(x) - (c+\langle\gamma,x\rangle)f(x) + \int (f(x+\xi)-f(x))\,m(d\xi) + \int \big(f(x+\xi)-f(x)-\langle\chi(\xi),\nabla f(x)\rangle\big)\,M(x,d\xi),Af(x)=21​∑Aijkl​(x)∂ij​∂kl​f(x)+∑(bij​+Bij​(x))∂ij​f(x)−(c+⟨γ,x⟩)f(x)+∫(f(x+ξ)−f(x))m(dξ)+∫(f(x+ξ)−f(x)−⟨χ(ξ),∇f(x)⟩)M(x,dξ),

with Aijkl(x)=xikαjl+xilαjk+xjkαil+xjlαikA_{ijkl}(x) = x_{ik}\alpha_{jl}+x_{il}\alpha_{jk}+x_{jk}\alpha_{il}+x_{jl}\alpha_{ik}Aijkl​(x)=xik​αjl​+xil​αjk​+xjk​αil​+xjl​αik​. In addition, φ,ψ\varphi,\psiφ,ψ solve ∂tφ=F(ψ)\partial_t\varphi = F(\psi)∂t​φ=F(ψ), φ(0,u)=0\varphi(0,u)=0φ(0,u)=0, ∂tψ=R(ψ)\partial_t\psi = R(\psi)∂t​ψ=R(ψ), ψ(0,u)=u\psi(0,u) = uψ(0,u)=u, with

F(u)=⟨b,u⟩+c−∫(e−⟨u,ξ⟩−1) m(dξ),R(u)=−2uαu+B⊤(u)+γ−∫e−⟨u,ξ⟩−1+⟨χ(ξ),u⟩∥ξ∥2∧1 μ(dξ).F(u) = \langle b,u\rangle + c - \int (e^{-\langle u,\xi\rangle}-1)\,m(d\xi),\qquad R(u) = -2u\alpha u + B^\top(u) + \gamma - \int \frac{e^{-\langle u,\xi\rangle}-1+\langle\chi(\xi),u\rangle}{\|\xi\|^2\wedge1}\,\mu(d\xi).F(u)=⟨b,u⟩+c−∫(e−⟨u,ξ⟩−1)m(dξ),R(u)=−2uαu+B⊤(u)+γ−∫∥ξ∥2∧1e−⟨u,ξ⟩−1+⟨χ(ξ),u⟩​μ(dξ).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 3.1 and Lemma 3.3: order-preserving, continuous, analytic semiflows map Sd++S_d^{++}Sd++​ into Sd++S_d^{++}Sd++​.
  2. Lemma 3.2: semiflow identities, monotonicity, continuity and analyticity of φ,ψ\varphi,\psiφ,ψ.
  3. Proposition 3.4: Feller and regular.
  4. Lemmas 4.1 and 4.4: zero divisors in the cone, and linear extension of additive maps.
  5. Proposition 4.9: F,RF,RF,R have the form (2.16)–(2.17) with b∈Sd+b\in S_d^+b∈Sd+​.
  6. Lemma B.2 and Theorem B.3: exponentials lie in S+\mathcal S_+S+​ and span a dense subspace.
  7. Proposition 4.12: the generator formula (2.12) on S+\mathcal S_+S+​.
  8. Lemma 4.17 and Proposition 4.18: derivatives of det⁡\detdet at diagonal matrices, and the drift condition b⪰(d−1)αb\succeq(d-1)\alphab⪰(d−1)α.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.4 reduces the study of affine processes on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ to finitely many parameters. Any such process, a priori specified only through its Laplace transform, has the Lévy–Khintchine-type generator (2.12), its Laplace exponents solve the Riccati system, and its parameters obey the admissibility conditions. The drift condition b⪰(d−1)αb\succeq(d-1)\alphab⪰(d−1)α is the matrix analogue of the Feller condition, and for d≥2d\ge2d≥2 it excludes affine diffusions on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ with zero constant drift. The Feller property yields càdlàg versions, and the generator formula is the starting point for the semimartingale description and for the converse existence result.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, and this mission produces a machine-checked version of the necessity direction. Along the way it builds reusable infrastructure: a Lean model of Markov transition families on a cone, Feller semigroups on C0C_0C0​ of a closed cone, generators on Schwartz-type test spaces with the symmetric-matrix derivative convention, and the positive semidefinite cone's order and boundary facts. No machine-checked proof of this theorem, or of its R+m×Rn\mathbb R_+^m\times\mathbb R^nR+m​×Rn predecessor, is known to exist.

Difficulty

The definition assumes only stochastic continuity and the exponential-affine form of the Laplace transform; differentiability in time is not given. Obtaining regularity, and hence the Riccati equations, needs the positivity statement of Lemma 3.3. Its proof uses analyticity in uuu and the boundary geometry of Sd+S_d^+Sd+​. Identifying FFF and RRR requires Lévy–Khintchine representations on cones and on SdS_dSd​, and a convergence theorem for Laplace transforms. The admissibility conditions on the boundary come from support considerations at each boundary point. The drift condition (2.4) is not captured by the conditions read off from Laplace exponents at boundary points along single directions; it is a genuinely matrix-valued constraint coupling bbb and α\alphaα. Extending the generator formula from exponentials to all of S+\mathcal S_+S+​ needs a density result in a Fréchet topology and the closedness of the generator.

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are Fin d → Fin d → ℝ, with ⟨x,y⟩=∑xijyji\langle x,y\rangle=\sum x_{ij}y_{ji}⟨x,y⟩=∑xij​yji​ and ∥x∥=⟨x,x⟩1/2\|x\|=\langle x,x\rangle^{1/2}∥x∥=⟨x,x⟩1/2. Mathlib's positive semidefiniteness, which includes symmetry over R\mathbb RR, defines Sd+S_d^+Sd+​. The state space is the subtype Sd+S_d^+Sd+​ with its subspace topology and Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra.
  • Transition families are Mathlib kernels indexed by t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R and constrained only for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Sub-stochasticity encodes the cemetery. Stochastic continuity is convergence of integrals of bounded continuous functions as s→ts\to ts→t within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
  • The exponents φ,ψ\varphi,\psiφ,ψ are functions on R×Md\mathbb R\times M_dR×Md​, used at t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and positive semidefinite arguments. Analyticity on Sd++S_d^{++}Sd++​ is analyticity of y↦ψ(t,(y+y⊤)/2)y\mapsto\psi(t,(y+y^\top)/2)y↦ψ(t,(y+y⊤)/2) on an open subset of MdM_dMd​.
  • The matrix measure μ\muμ is encoded as H dνH\,d\nuHdν with ν\nuν finite and HHH positive semidefinite and integrable. This loses nothing, since ν=∑iμii\nu = \sum_i\mu_{ii}ν=∑i​μii​ dominates every μij\mu_{ij}μij​.
  • S+\mathcal S_+S+​ is the set of restrictions of Schwartz functions on MdM_dMd​. Partial derivatives ∂/∂xij\partial/\partial x_{ij}∂/∂xij​ of functions on SdS_dSd​ are taken in the direction 12(Eij+Eji)\tfrac12(E^{ij}+E^{ji})21​(Eij+Eji), per §1.2 of the paper. Lemma 4.17 alone uses raw entry derivatives of det⁡\detdet on MdM_dMd​, as its proof does.
  • The Feller property uses the platform definition EthierKurtz.IsStronglyContinuousContractionSemigroup on C0(Sd+)C_0(S_d^+)C0​(Sd+​). "f∈D(A)f\in D(\mathcal A)f∈D(A) and Af=g\mathcal Af=gAf=g" is uniform convergence of (Ptf−f)/t(P_tf-f)/t(Pt​f−f)/t to ggg on Sd+S_d^+Sd+​.
  • Lean assigns the value 000 to the integral of a non-integrable function. Wherever a statement concludes a formula containing an integral, it therefore also concludes integrability of the integrand, so the formula cannot hold through this default value. Regularity and the Feller property are conclusions, never hypotheses, of the goal. The drift condition (2.4) is part of admissibility in the goal; Propositions 4.9, 4.12 and 4.18 use admissibility without (2.4) and b∈Sd+b\in S_d^+b∈Sd+​, as in the paper.
  • Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The matrix lemmas (3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4, 4.17) are self-contained, and Lemma B.2 and Theorem B.3 concern only Schwartz functions.

Selected references

  • C. Cuchiero, D. Filipović, E. Mayerhofer, J. Teichmann, Affine processes on positive semidefinite matrices, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21 (2011) 397–463; cited as arXiv:0910.0137v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.0137
  • D. Duffie, D. Filipović, W. Schachermayer, Affine processes and applications in finance, Ann. Appl. Probab. 13 (2003) 984–1053. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1060202833
  • M. Keller-Ressel, W. Schachermayer, J. Teichmann, Affine processes are regular, Probab. Theory Related Fields 151 (2011) 591–611. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.3392
  • M.-F. Bru, Wishart processes, J. Theoret. Probab. 4 (1991) 725–751. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01259552
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? IV: Any ε-Local Algorithm Is Simulated by a Statistical Query Algorithm with O(t·e^ε) Expected Queries up to Statistical Difference βResearch Paper

Motivation

In the local model of differential privacy, no trusted curator holds the data: each individual randomizes their own record before handing it to the analyst. This is the model of randomized response in survey statistics and of the privacy-preserving telemetry deployed by large software vendors. Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith, What Can We Learn Privately? (arXiv:0803.0924v3, published in SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090), asked which learning tasks remain possible in this model. Their answer (§5) is that local algorithms are exactly as powerful as statistical query (SQ) algorithms in the sense of Kearns (J. ACM 1998), up to polynomial factors. This mission formalizes one direction of that equivalence: every local algorithm run on i.i.d. data can be simulated by an SQ algorithm.

This is the fourth of five missions on the paper. Mission III formalizes the converse direction (Theorem 5.7). All theorem numbers refer to arXiv:0803.0924v3.

Setting

A database is z=(z1,…,zn)∈Dnz=(z_1,\dots,z_n)\in D^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Dn. Here its entries are drawn i.i.d. from a probability distribution PPP on DDD.

  • An ε\varepsilonε-local randomizer (Definition 5.1) is a randomized map R:D→WR:D\to WR:D→W to a discrete set WWW such that Pr⁡[R(u)=w]≤eεPr⁡[R(u′)=w]\Pr[R(u)=w]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[R(u')=w]Pr[R(u)=w]≤eεPr[R(u′)=w] for all u,u′∈Du,u'\in Du,u′∈D and w∈Ww\in Ww∈W.
  • An ε\varepsilonε-local algorithm AAA making ttt queries (Definitions 5.2, 5.3) sees the database only through an LR oracle. At its kkk-th call it names an index iki_kik​ and an εk\varepsilon_kεk​-local randomizer RkR_kRk​, both possibly depending on its earlier answers, and receives a fresh sample of Rk(zik)R_k(z_{i_k})Rk​(zik​​). For each index iii the budgets of the calls on iii sum to at most ε\varepsilonε. AAA is noninteractive if its calls do not depend on earlier answers. Its output is a function of the ttt answers. Its output distribution is taken over z∼Pnz\sim P^nz∼Pn and the randomizers' coins.
  • An SQ oracle for PPP (Definition 5.4) answers a query (g,τ)(g,\tau)(g,τ), with g:D→[−1,1]g:D\to[-1,1]g:D→[−1,1] and tolerance τ\tauτ, with any number vvv such that ∣v−Eu∼P[g(u)]∣≤τ|v-\mathbb E_{u\sim P}[g(u)]|\le\tau∣v−Eu∼P​[g(u)]∣≤τ. It may choose its answers adversarially and adaptively.
  • An SQ algorithm BBB (Definition 5.5) accesses PPP only through such an oracle. It may use its own coins, and the number of queries it makes may be random and unbounded.
  • The statistical difference of two distributions on a discrete space (p. 8) is max⁡S∣μ(S)−ν(S)∣\max_S|\mu(S)-\nu(S)|maxS​∣μ(S)−ν(S)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5.8 (p. 21)

There is an absolute constant CCC such that for every ε\varepsilonε-local algorithm AAA making ttt queries there is an SQ algorithm BBB with the following properties against every distribution PPP and every valid oracle:

τ=β3e2εt,E[#queries of B]≤C t eε,SD(B, A(z), z∼Pn)≤β.\tau=\frac{\beta}{3e^{2\varepsilon}t},\qquad \mathbb E[\#\text{queries of }B]\le C\,t\,e^{\varepsilon},\qquad \mathrm{SD}\bigl(B,\ A(z),\ z\sim P^n\bigr)\le\beta .τ=3e2εtβ​,E[#queries of B]≤Cteε,SD(B, A(z), z∼Pn)≤β.

The constant CCC is the paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). The tolerance is the proof's own choice.

Milestones

  1. Display (5) (p. 22): a single query estimates p(w)=Pr⁡zi∼P[R(zi)=w]p(w)=\Pr_{z_i\sim P}[R(z_i)=w]p(w)=Przi​∼P​[R(zi​)=w] within a factor 1±β/(3t)1\pm\beta/(3t)1±β/(3t), whatever valid answer the oracle gives.
  2. One rejection-sampling iteration (p. 23): every iteration terminates with probability at least 1−φ1+φe−ε\frac{1-\varphi}{1+\varphi}e^{-\varepsilon}1+φ1−φ​e−ε. Conditioned on terminating, it outputs www with probability in (1±3φ)p(w)(1\pm3\varphi)p(w)(1±3φ)p(w).
  3. The interactive estimate (p. 24): two queries estimate the conditional probability of the next answer given earlier answers on the same entry, within a factor 1±3e2ετ1\pm3e^{2\varepsilon}\tau1±3e2ετ.
  4. Claim 5.9 (p. 22): the noninteractive case, with the explicit bound 2t eε2t\,e^{\varepsilon}2teε on the expected number of queries.

Significance

The result. Lemma 5.8, combined with Theorem 5.7, shows that a concept class is learnable by a locally private algorithm if and only if it is learnable with statistical queries (Theorem 5.14). Every SQ lower bound therefore becomes a lower bound for local privacy. For instance, parity functions are privately learnable by a centralized algorithm (Theorem 4.4) but not by a local one, because parities need exponentially many statistical queries (Corollary 5.15, which also uses the SQ lower bound of Blum et al., STOC 1994).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper. As far as we know it has no machine-checked proof. The paper's proof is a few paragraphs and leaves the model implicit: what an SQ algorithm with a random number of queries is, how an adversarial oracle interacts with it, and in what sense the per-randomizer errors add up over ttt adaptively chosen randomizers. The formal statement makes each of these explicit. The milestones isolate the estimates the proof uses, so they can be proved independently of the composition argument.

Difficulty

The estimates in the milestones are elementary inequalities. The difficulty is in the goal. First, the oracle's answers, and therefore the estimates p~(w)\tilde p(w)p~​(w), change from iteration to iteration, so the simulated distribution is not a fixed rejection sampler: the output law must be controlled iteration by iteration against an adversary. Second, the SQ algorithm has no bound on its number of steps. Its output law is a limit over an unbounded run, and its query count is an expectation that is finite only because every iteration terminates with probability bounded away from zero. Third, in the interactive case the randomizers applied to one entry are correlated through the entry. The simulation must sample from the conditional law given earlier answers on that entry, while the errors of all ttt steps combine along adaptively chosen histories.

Formalization scope

  • Local randomizers have discrete output: R u : PMF W. The simulation uses the point probabilities Pr⁡[R(zi)=w]\Pr[R(z_i)=w]Pr[R(zi​)=w]. Every map u↦Pr⁡[R(u)=w]u\mapsto\Pr[R(u)=w]u↦Pr[R(u)=w] is required to be measurable.
  • A local algorithm makes exactly ttt calls. Its index, randomizer and budget at call kkk are functions of the earlier answers. The budget is required along every answer sequence. Its own coins are calls to 000-local randomizers.
  • An SQ algorithm is a state machine with a random start, random transitions depending on the answer, and an output on stopping. Its output law is a sub-probability mass function. Its expected query count lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and counts every query, including those in rejected iterations.
  • The oracle is an arbitrary deterministic function of the whole state trajectory, constrained only by Definition 5.4. The conclusions must hold for every valid oracle, not for the exact-mean oracle alone.
  • BBB is quantified before PPP and sees PPP only through answers, and every query of BBB is a measurable [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1]-valued function with tolerance exactly β/(3e2εt)\beta/(3e^{2\varepsilon}t)β/(3e2εt). Without these two constraints the statement would be trivial: BBB could hard-code PPP, or rescale a query to shrink its effective tolerance.
  • The constant CCC is quantified outside every other object.
  • The implicit hypotheses ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (the queries divide by eε−e−εe^{\varepsilon}-e^{-\varepsilon}eε−e−ε), 0<β≤10<\beta\le10<β≤1 and t≥1t\ge1t≥1 (so that φ=β/(3t)≤1/3\varphi=\beta/(3t)\le1/3φ=β/(3t)≤1/3 and τ\tauτ is defined) are stated. The paper's reference input 0\mathbf 00 is an arbitrary point u0∈Du_0\in Du0​∈D.
  • Claim 5.9 states "t⋅eεt\cdot e^{\varepsilon}t⋅eε queries". Its proof gives at most 2t eε2t\,e^{\varepsilon}2teε, which is the bound stated.
  • The paper's refinement "noninteractive AAA yields nonadaptive BBB" is not formalized. The simulation decides from each answer whether to stop, and so which randomizer the next query belongs to. It therefore does not prepare its queries before receiving answers in the sense of Definition 5.5. The goal is the adaptive statement for all local algorithms, which contains the noninteractive case. Claim 5.10, whose statement coincides with this goal, is represented by its estimate (milestone 3) rather than restated.
  • The statistical difference is valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], which avoids junk values of a real supremum.

Reusable beyond this mission: the SQ-algorithm state machine with expected query count, the statistical difference of sub-probability mass functions, and the model of interactive local algorithms. Welcome contributions include proofs of the estimate milestones, a general lemma bounding the statistical difference of sequentially composed approximate samplers, and the termination and expected-runtime analysis of rejection sampling with varying acceptance probabilities.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826; cited from arXiv:0803.0924v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0924 · https://doi.org/10.1137/090756090
  • M. Kearns, Efficient noise-tolerant learning from statistical queries, J. ACM 45(6) (1998) 983–1006. https://doi.org/10.1145/293347.293351
  • A. Blum, M. Furst, J. Jackson, M. Kearns, Y. Mansour, S. Rudich, Weakly learning DNF and characterizing statistical query learning using Fourier analysis, STOC 1994, 253–262. https://doi.org/10.1145/195058.195147
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating noise to sensitivity in private data analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • S. L. Warner, Randomized response: a survey technique for eliminating evasive answer bias, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 60 (1965) 63–69. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1965.10480775
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Law of Large Numbers Limits for Many-Server Queues 1: The Fluid Equations Have at Most One Solution, Given Explicitly by the Age Representation (3.11)Research Paper

Motivation

Large service systems such as call centers and hospital wards are modelled as many-server queues: NNN identical servers, customers arriving according to a general process, service requirements drawn independently from a general distribution GGG, and a single first-come-first-served queue. When GGG is not exponential the number of customers in system is not Markov, and a tractable state must keep track of how long each customer in service has been served. Kaspi and Ramanan (Ann. Appl. Probab. 21 (2011)) take as state the number in system together with the age measure, the point measure of the ages of the customers in service, and prove a functional law of large numbers: scaled by NNN, these processes converge to the unique solution of a deterministic system, the fluid equations. Earlier fluid and diffusion analyses of the G/GI/NG/GI/NG/GI/N queue worked with other state descriptors (Reed, Ann. Appl. Probab. 19 (2009); Whitt, Oper. Res. 54 (2006)); the measure-valued description records the elapsed service time of every customer in service, which is the information a non-exponential service distribution requires.

This mission covers the deterministic half of that result: the fluid equations are well posed, and their solution is given in closed form.

Setting

Service requirements have a density ggg that vanishes on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), G(x)=∫(−∞,x]gG(x)=\int_{(-\infty,x]}gG(x)=∫(−∞,x]​g, and the mean is normalized to one, ∫x g(x) dx=1\int x\,g(x)\,dx=1∫xg(x)dx=1. Let M=sup⁡{x≥0:G(x)<1}∈(0,∞]M=\sup\{x\ge0: G(x)<1\}\in(0,\infty]M=sup{x≥0:G(x)<1}∈(0,∞] and let h=g/(1−G)h=g/(1-G)h=g/(1−G) be the hazard rate on [0,M)[0,M)[0,M); hhh is locally integrable on [0,M)[0,M)[0,M) but not integrable on it. For a measure μ\muμ and a function fff write ⟨f,μ⟩=∫f dμ\langle f,\mu\rangle=\int f\,d\mu⟨f,μ⟩=∫fdμ, and 1\mathbf 11 for the constant one.

The data are a triple (Eˉ,Xˉ(0),νˉ0)(\bar E,\bar X(0),\bar\nu_0)(Eˉ,Xˉ(0),νˉ0​) in

S0={(f,x,μ):f nondecreasing caˋdlaˋg,f(0)=0; x≥0; μ a measure on [0,M), ⟨1,μ⟩≤1, 1−⟨1,μ⟩=[1−x]+},\mathcal S_0=\{(f,x,\mu): f \text{ nondecreasing càdlàg}, f(0)=0;\ x\ge0;\ \mu \text{ a measure on }[0,M),\ \langle\mathbf 1,\mu\rangle\le1,\ 1-\langle\mathbf 1,\mu\rangle=[1-x]^+\},S0​={(f,x,μ):f nondecreasing caˋdlaˋg,f(0)=0; x≥0; μ a measure on [0,M), ⟨1,μ⟩≤1, 1−⟨1,μ⟩=[1−x]+},

where Eˉ\bar EEˉ is the cumulative arrival process, Xˉ(0)\bar X(0)Xˉ(0) the initial number in system and νˉ0\bar\nu_0νˉ0​ the initial age measure (per server, so the total capacity is one). A càdlàg pair (Xˉ,νˉ)(\bar X,\bar\nu)(Xˉ,νˉ), with νˉt\bar\nu_tνˉt​ a sub-probability measure on [0,M)[0,M)[0,M) in the weak topology, solves the fluid equations if for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0: ∫0t⟨h,νˉs⟩ds<∞\int_0^t\langle h,\bar\nu_s\rangle ds<\infty∫0t​⟨h,νˉs​⟩ds<∞ (3.4); for every test function φ∈Cc1,1([0,M)×R+)\varphi\in\mathcal C_c^{1,1}([0,M)\times\mathbb R_+)φ∈Cc1,1​([0,M)×R+​)

⟨φ(⋅,t),νˉt⟩=⟨φ(⋅,0),νˉ0⟩+∫0t⟨φx+φs,νˉs⟩ds−∫0t⟨hφ(⋅,s),νˉs⟩ds+∫[0,t]φ(0,s) dKˉ(s)(3.5);\langle\varphi(\cdot,t),\bar\nu_t\rangle=\langle\varphi(\cdot,0),\bar\nu_0\rangle+\int_0^t\langle\varphi_x+\varphi_s,\bar\nu_s\rangle ds-\int_0^t\langle h\varphi(\cdot,s),\bar\nu_s\rangle ds+\int_{[0,t]}\varphi(0,s)\,d\bar K(s)\quad(3.5);⟨φ(⋅,t),νˉt​⟩=⟨φ(⋅,0),νˉ0​⟩+∫0t​⟨φx​+φs​,νˉs​⟩ds−∫0t​⟨hφ(⋅,s),νˉs​⟩ds+∫[0,t]​φ(0,s)dKˉ(s)(3.5);

Xˉ(t)=Xˉ(0)+Eˉ(t)−Dˉ(t)\bar X(t)=\bar X(0)+\bar E(t)-\bar D(t)Xˉ(t)=Xˉ(0)+Eˉ(t)−Dˉ(t) (3.6); and the nonidling condition 1−⟨1,νˉt⟩=[1−Xˉ(t)]+1-\langle\mathbf 1,\bar\nu_t\rangle=[1-\bar X(t)]^+1−⟨1,νˉt​⟩=[1−Xˉ(t)]+ (3.7). Here Dˉ(t)=∫0t⟨h,νˉs⟩ds\bar D(t)=\int_0^t\langle h,\bar\nu_s\rangle dsDˉ(t)=∫0t​⟨h,νˉs​⟩ds is the cumulative departure process and Kˉ(t)=⟨1,νˉt⟩−⟨1,νˉ0⟩+Dˉ(t)\bar K(t)=\langle\mathbf 1,\bar\nu_t\rangle-\langle\mathbf 1,\bar\nu_0\rangle+\bar D(t)Kˉ(t)=⟨1,νˉt​⟩−⟨1,νˉ0​⟩+Dˉ(t) the cumulative entry into service. Equation (3.5) is a weak form of a transport equation: mass moves to the right at unit speed, is killed at rate hhh, and enters at age 000 at rate dKˉd\bar KdKˉ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5

For every (Eˉ,Xˉ(0),νˉ0)∈S0(\bar E,\bar X(0),\bar\nu_0)\in\mathcal S_0(Eˉ,Xˉ(0),νˉ0​)∈S0​:

  1. the fluid equations have at most one solution;
  2. under (3.4) and the path conditions, (Xˉ,νˉ)(\bar X,\bar\nu)(Xˉ,νˉ) is a solution if and only if it satisfies (3.6), (3.7) and, for every bounded continuous fff and t≥0t\ge0t≥0,
⟨f,νˉt⟩=∫[0,M)f(x+t)1−G(x+t)1−G(x) νˉ0(dx)+∫[0,t]f(t−s)(1−G(t−s)) dKˉ(s);(3.11)\langle f,\bar\nu_t\rangle=\int_{[0,M)}f(x+t)\frac{1-G(x+t)}{1-G(x)}\,\bar\nu_0(dx)+\int_{[0,t]}f(t-s)\big(1-G(t-s)\big)\,d\bar K(s);\quad(3.11)⟨f,νˉt​⟩=∫[0,M)​f(x+t)1−G(x)1−G(x+t)​νˉ0​(dx)+∫[0,t]​f(t−s)(1−G(t−s))dKˉ(s);(3.11)
  1. if Eˉ\bar EEˉ has a density λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ, then Kˉ\bar KKˉ has a density κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ equal a.e. to λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ where Xˉ<1\bar X<1Xˉ<1, to λˉ∧⟨h,νˉt⟩\bar\lambda\wedge\langle h,\bar\nu_t\rangleλˉ∧⟨h,νˉt​⟩ where Xˉ=1\bar X=1Xˉ=1, and to ⟨h,νˉt⟩\langle h,\bar\nu_t\rangle⟨h,νˉt​⟩ where Xˉ>1\bar X>1Xˉ>1 (3.12);
  2. if moreover νˉ0\bar\nu_0νˉ0​ is absolutely continuous, so is every νˉt\bar\nu_tνˉt​.

Milestones

  • Remark 4.3, (4.4): integration by parts for the entry term of (4.3).
  • (4.55): the integrated hazard in closed form, ψh(x,t)=(1−G(x))/(1−G(x−t))\psi_h(x,t)=(1-G(x))/(1-G(x-t))ψh​(x,t)=(1−G(x))/(1−G(x−t)) or 1−G(x)1-G(x)1−G(x).
  • Theorem 4.1: for a Radon-measure-valued path satisfying the hazard bound (4.1), the age equation (4.2), which is (3.5) with an arbitrary Radon measure υ0\upsilon_0υ0​ and an arbitrary ZZZ of bounded variation in place of νˉ0\bar\nu_0νˉ0​ and Kˉ\bar KKˉ, holds if and only if the representation (4.3) holds.
  • Proof of Corollary 4.4: Kˉ\bar KKˉ is nondecreasing.
  • Corollary 4.4, (4.5): Kˉ(t)=⟨1,νˉt⟩−⟨1,νˉ0⟩+∫G(x+t)−G(x)1−G(x)νˉ0(dx)+∫0tg(t−s)Kˉ(s)ds\bar K(t)=\langle\mathbf 1,\bar\nu_t\rangle-\langle\mathbf 1,\bar\nu_0\rangle+\int\frac{G(x+t)-G(x)}{1-G(x)}\bar\nu_0(dx)+\int_0^tg(t-s)\bar K(s)dsKˉ(t)=⟨1,νˉt​⟩−⟨1,νˉ0​⟩+∫1−G(x)G(x+t)−G(x)​νˉ0​(dx)+∫0t​g(t−s)Kˉ(s)ds.
  • Lemma 4.5: ∥⟨f,νˉs2⟩−⟨f,νˉs1⟩∥T≤∥f∥M∣Δυ0∣TV+(2∥f∥T+∥f′∥T)∥ΔZ∥T\|\langle f,\bar\nu^2_s\rangle-\langle f,\bar\nu^1_s\rangle\|_T\le\|f\|_M|\Delta\upsilon_0|_{TV}+(2\|f\|_T+\|f'\|_T)\|\Delta Z\|_T∥⟨f,νˉs2​⟩−⟨f,νˉs1​⟩∥T​≤∥f∥M​∣Δυ0​∣TV​+(2∥f∥T​+∥f′∥T​)∥ΔZ∥T​.
  • Theorem 4.6: with equal initial measures, ∥ΔKˉ∥T∨∥ΔDˉ∥T≤∣ΔXˉ(0)∣+∥ΔEˉ∥T\|\Delta\bar K\|_T\vee\|\Delta\bar D\|_T\le|\Delta\bar X(0)|+\|\Delta\bar E\|_T∥ΔKˉ∥T​∨∥ΔDˉ∥T​≤∣ΔXˉ(0)∣+∥ΔEˉ∥T​, together with (4.8) and (4.10).

Significance

Uniqueness of the fluid solution is what turns tightness of the scaled NNN-server processes into convergence: every subsequential limit solves the fluid equations, so all coincide (the paper's Theorem 3.7). The representation (3.11) reduces the measure-valued equation to the scalar process Kˉ\bar KKˉ, and the continuity estimate of Theorem 4.6 says the fluid solution is a Lipschitz function of the arrival process. Both are used in the paper's study of long-time behaviour, where νˉt\bar\nu_tνˉt​ converges to the measure with density 1−G1-G1−G, and (3.12) is the form of the entry rate used there.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, and no part of the measure-valued fluid model, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them produces a checked weak-solution theory for a transport equation with an unbounded killing rate and a measure-valued boundary input, which is a reusable piece of infrastructure for other age- and residual-time-based queueing models.

Difficulty

The central step is Theorem 4.1. The naive approach treats (4.2) as a first-order PDE and integrates along characteristics, but the solution is only a càdlàg path of measures, hhh is merely locally integrable and blows up near MMM, and ZZZ may jump, so classical characteristics are not available; the test functions must not vanish on the boundary x=0x=0x=0, since that is where the entry term lives. The second difficulty is in Theorem 4.6: the entry process Kˉ\bar KKˉ is defined implicitly through the nonidling condition, and comparing two solutions requires a first-crossing argument that distinguishes whether the system is below, at or above capacity at that time.

Formalization scope

The service law is its density ggg (ServiceLaw), with g=0g=0g=0 below 000, ∫g=1\int g=1∫g=1 and mean one. Time is R\mathbb RR read on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); every condition is stated for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Measures of the fluid model are FiniteMeasure ℝ carried by [0,M)[0,M)[0,M), whose topology is weak convergence, so càdlàg paths are càdlàg in MF[0,M)\mathcal M_F[0,M)MF​[0,M) with the weak topology. The paths of Theorem 4.1 and Lemma 4.5 are ℝ → Measure ℝ with values Radon on [0,M)[0,M)[0,M) (possibly infinite) and càdlàg in the vague topology. M∈[0,∞]M\in[0,\infty]M∈[0,∞] is an extended number. The integral in (3.4) is a lower integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and Dˉ\bar DDˉ, Kˉ\bar KKˉ are its real value. dKˉd\bar KdKˉ is the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure of Kˉ\bar KKˉ, with no atom at 000. A function ZZZ of bounded variation is a difference Z1−Z2Z_1-Z_2Z1​−Z2​ of nondecreasing càdlàg functions vanishing at 000.

Explicit choices: compact support of test functions is relative to [0,M)×R+[0,M)\times\mathbb R_+[0,M)×R+​, so φ(0,s)\varphi(0,s)φ(0,s) need not vanish (with supports taken in R2\mathbb R^2R2 the entry term of (3.5) would vanish identically); νˉ(0)=νˉ0\bar\nu(0)=\bar\nu_0νˉ(0)=νˉ0​ and Xˉ(0)\bar X(0)Xˉ(0) equal to the datum are clauses of the fluid equations, but not of the age equation, where υ0\upsilon_0υ0​ is arbitrary; functions in Cb(R+)\mathcal C_b(\mathbb R_+)Cb​(R+​), Cc(R+)\mathcal C_c(\mathbb R_+)Cc​(R+​) and Cb1(R+)\mathcal C^1_b(\mathbb R_+)Cb1​(R+​) are represented by functions on R\mathbb RR of the same class, of which only values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) are read; norms in Lemma 4.5 are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], since ∣Δυ0∣TV|\Delta\upsilon_0|_{TV}∣Δυ0​∣TV​ may be infinite. Two printed statements are corrected: in Theorem 3.5 the paper's right-hand side of the equivalence lists (3.6) and (3.11); the nonidling condition (3.7), part of the fluid equations on the left, is kept on the right, as the proof requires. In (4.10), ΔXˉ(0)\Delta\bar X(0)ΔXˉ(0) is replaced by ∣ΔXˉ(0)∣|\Delta\bar X(0)|∣ΔXˉ(0)∣, which is what Lemma 4.5 and (4.9) give.

A fluid solution is defined by the weak transport equation (3.5), never by the representation (3.11) or by a formula for νˉ\bar\nuνˉ in terms of Kˉ\bar KKˉ; with such a definition the equivalence of the goal would be an unfolding of definitions.

A complete development needs Lebesgue–Stieltjes integration by parts for càdlàg functions of bounded variation, the Riesz description of the vague topology, and uniqueness for weak solutions of transport equations; these are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the parts of Theorem 3.5 separately, are welcome. The paper's Section 4.3 machinery (the abstract and simplified age equations, Lemmas 4.12–4.13, Propositions 4.15–4.16) is not posed here and may be formalized as supporting lemmas.

Selected references

  • H. Kaspi and K. Ramanan, Law of large numbers limits for many-server queues, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21(1) (2011), 33–114. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AAP662
  • J. Reed, The G/GI/N queue in the Halfin–Whitt regime, Ann. Appl. Probab. 19(6) (2009), 2211–2269. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AAP609
  • W. Whitt, Fluid models for multiserver queues with abandonments, Oper. Res. 54(1) (2006), 37–54. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0227
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Regression-Based Monte Carlo Method to Solve Backward Stochastic Differential Equations I: Projection Errors of the Picard–Regression Scheme Accumulate AdditivelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A backward stochastic differential equation (BSDE) prescribes the value of a process at a terminal time and asks for an adapted process that reaches it while following a given drift. In mathematical finance the price of a contingent claim, and its hedging strategy, solve such an equation; when the market has frictions (different borrowing and lending rates, for example) the drift, called the driver, is nonlinear and no closed form exists. Numerical methods for BSDEs are therefore methods for pricing and hedging under nonlinear models, and also for semilinear parabolic PDEs, which BSDEs represent probabilistically.

Gobet, Lemor and Warin (Ann. Appl. Probab. 15 (2005), arXiv:math/0508491) proposed and analysed a simulation scheme in which every conditional expectation of a backward time-stepping recursion is replaced by a least-squares regression on finitely many functions, as in the Longstaff–Schwartz method for American options. Their analysis splits the total error into three parts: time discretization (Theorem 1, from Zhang's results), replacing conditional expectations by L2\mathbf L_2L2​ projections on function bases (Theorem 2), and replacing those projections by empirical regressions on MMM simulated paths (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the second part.

Timeline. Zhang (Ann. Appl. Probab. 14 (2004)) and Bouchard and Touzi (Stoch. Proc. Appl. 111 (2004)) established the h\sqrt hh​ rate of the time discretization. Bouchard and Touzi's regression error (their reference [6] in the paper, Theorem 4.1 there) was expressed through the residuals of the scheme's own iterates. Gobet, Lemor and Warin (2005) gave the bound in terms of the residuals of the discrete BSDE, together with estimates on ZZZ.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions d,q≥1d,q\ge1d,q≥1, a drift b(t,x)∈Rdb(t,x)\in\mathbb R^db(t,x)∈Rd and a diffusion matrix σ(t,x)∈Rd×q\sigma(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d\times q}σ(t,x)∈Rd×q, both Lipschitz in (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) ((H1)), and a driver f(t,x,y,z)∈Rf(t,x,y,z)\in\mathbb Rf(t,x,y,z)∈R with

∣f(t2,x2,y2,z2)−f(t1,x1,y1,z1)∣≤Cf(∣t2−t1∣1/2+∣x2−x1∣+∣y2−y1∣+∣z2−z1∣)(H2).|f(t_2,x_2,y_2,z_2)-f(t_1,x_1,y_1,z_1)|\le C_f\big(|t_2-t_1|^{1/2}+|x_2-x_1|+|y_2-y_1|+|z_2-z_1|\big)\qquad\textbf{(H2)}.∣f(t2​,x2​,y2​,z2​)−f(t1​,x1​,y1​,z1​)∣≤Cf​(∣t2​−t1​∣1/2+∣x2​−x1​∣+∣y2​−y1​∣+∣z2​−z1​∣)(H2).

For N≥1N\ge1N≥1 put h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N and tk=kht_k=khtk​=kh. On a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​), the increments ΔWk∈Rq\Delta W_k\in\mathbb R^qΔWk​∈Rq are Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and Gaussian N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​); ΔWl,k\Delta W_{l,k}ΔWl,k​ is the lll-th component. The Euler scheme is St0N=S0S^N_{t_0}=S_0St0​N​=S0​, Stk+1N=StkN+b(tk,StkN)h+σ(tk,StkN)ΔWkS^N_{t_{k+1}}=S^N_{t_k}+b(t_k,S^N_{t_k})h+\sigma(t_k,S^N_{t_k})\Delta W_kStk+1​N​=Stk​N​+b(tk​,Stk​N​)h+σ(tk​,Stk​N​)ΔWk​. An Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-adapted process PtkN∈Rd′P^N_{t_k}\in\mathbb R^{d'}Ptk​N​∈Rd′ extends StkNS^N_{t_k}Stk​N​ by extra state variables, and the terminal value is ΦN(PtNN)\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N​), square integrable.

Write Ek=E(⋅∣Fk)\mathbb E_k=\mathbb E(\cdot\mid\mathcal F_k)Ek​=E(⋅∣Fk​). The discrete BSDE is YtNN=ΦN(PtNN)Y^N_{t_N}=\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})YtN​N​=ΦN(PtN​N​) and, for k<Nk<Nk<N,

Zl,tkN=1hEk(Ytk+1NΔWl,k),YtkN=Ek(Ytk+1N)+hf(tk,StkN,YtkN,ZtkN).Z^N_{l,t_k}=\tfrac1h\mathbb E_k(Y^N_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k}),\qquad Y^N_{t_k}=\mathbb E_k(Y^N_{t_{k+1}})+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y^N_{t_k},Z^N_{t_k}).Zl,tk​N​=h1​Ek​(Ytk+1​N​ΔWl,k​),Ytk​N​=Ek​(Ytk+1​N​)+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Ytk​N​,Ztk​N​).

A function basis pl,k(PtkN)∈Rnl,kp_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})\in\mathbb R^{n_{l,k}}pl,k​(Ptk​N​)∈Rnl,k​ (0≤l≤q0\le l\le q0≤l≤q) is square integrable with invertible Gram matrix E(pl,kpl,k∗)\mathbb E(p_{l,k}p_{l,k}^*)E(pl,k​pl,k∗​). Pp(U)\mathcal P_{p}(U)Pp​(U) is the L2(Ω,P)\mathbf L_2(\Omega,\mathbb P)L2​(Ω,P) orthogonal projection of UUU onto the span of the basis, and Rp(U)=U−Pp(U)\mathcal R_p(U)=U-\mathcal P_p(U)Rp​(U)=U−Pp​(U).

The projection–Picard scheme with III iterations (Definition 1) produces YtkN,i,I=α0,ki,I⋅p0,kY^{N,i,I}_{t_k}=\alpha^{i,I}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k}Ytk​N,i,I​=α0,ki,I​⋅p0,k​ and Zl,tkN,i,I=αl,ki,I⋅pl,kZ^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}=\alpha^{i,I}_{l,k}\cdot p_{l,k}Zl,tk​N,i,I​=αl,ki,I​⋅pl,k​, starting from α0,I=0\alpha^{0,I}=0α0,I=0, where αki,I\alpha^{i,I}_kαki,I​ minimizes

E(Ytk+1N,I,I−α0⋅p0,k+hf(tk,StkN,YtkN,i−1,I,ZtkN,i−1,I)−∑l=1qαl⋅pl,kΔWl,k)2.(9)\mathbb E\Big(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}-\alpha_0\cdot p_{0,k}+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k},Z^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k})-\sum_{l=1}^q\alpha_l\cdot p_{l,k}\Delta W_{l,k}\Big)^2.\qquad(9)E(Ytk+1​N,I,I​−α0​⋅p0,k​+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Ytk​N,i−1,I​,Ztk​N,i−1,I​)−l=1∑q​αl​⋅pl,k​ΔWl,k​)2.(9)

Finally AN(S0)=1+∣S0∣2+E∣ΦN(PtNN)∣2\mathcal A^N(S_0)=1+|S_0|^2+\mathbb E|\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})|^2AN(S0​)=1+∣S0​∣2+E∣ΦN(PtN​N​)∣2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 11)

For hhh small enough,

max⁡0≤k≤NE∣YtkN,I,I−YtkN∣2+h∑k=0N−1E∣ZtkN,I,I−ZtkN∣2≤Ch2I−2AN(S0)+C∑k=0N−1E∣Rp0,k(YtkN)∣2+Ch∑k=0N−1∑l=1qE∣Rpl,k(Zl,tkN)∣2.\max_{0\le k\le N}\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Y^N_{t_k}|^2+h\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Z^N_{t_k}|^2\le Ch^{2I-2}\mathcal A^N(S_0)+C\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathbb E|\mathcal R_{p_{0,k}}(Y^N_{t_k})|^2+Ch\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\sum_{l=1}^q\mathbb E|\mathcal R_{p_{l,k}}(Z^N_{l,t_k})|^2 .0≤k≤Nmax​E∣Ytk​N,I,I​−Ytk​N​∣2+hk=0∑N−1​E∣Ztk​N,I,I​−Ztk​N​∣2≤Ch2I−2AN(S0​)+Ck=0∑N−1​E∣Rp0,k​​(Ytk​N​)∣2+Chk=0∑N−1​l=1∑q​E∣Rpl,k​​(Zl,tk​N​)∣2.

Milestones

  1. (10)–(11): the minimizer of (9) is given by projections, Zl,tkN,i,I=1hPpl,k(Ytk+1N,I,IΔWl,k)Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}=\frac1h\mathcal P_{p_{l,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k})Zl,tk​N,i,I​=h1​Ppl,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​ΔWl,k​) and YtkN,i,I=Pp0,k(Ytk+1N,I,I+hf(…,YtkN,i−1,I,ZtkN,i−1,I))Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}=\mathcal P_{p_{0,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf(\dots,Y^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k},Z^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k}))Ytk​N,i,I​=Pp0,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hf(…,Ytk​N,i−1,I​,Ztk​N,i−1,I​)).
  2. (12): h E∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣2≤E∣Ytk+1N,I,I∣2−E∣Ek(Ytk+1N,I,I)∣2h\,\mathbb E|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|^2\le\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}|^2-\mathbb E|\mathbb E_k(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}})|^2hE∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣2≤E∣Ytk+1​N,I,I​∣2−E∣Ek​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​)∣2.
  3. (13): the map Y↦Pp0,k(Ytk+1N,I,I+hf(tk,StkN,Y,ZtkN,I,I))Y\mapsto\mathcal P_{p_{0,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y,Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}))Y↦Pp0,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Y,Ztk​N,I,I​)) is a (Cfh)(C_fh)(Cf​h)-contraction on L2(Fk)\mathbf L_2(\mathcal F_k)L2​(Fk​) with a unique fixed point.
  4. The discrete Gronwall lemma with ccc-terms (p. 11, item 3).
  5. (19): E∣YtkN,i,I∣2+h E∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣2≤CAN(S0)\mathbb E|Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|^2+h\,\mathbb E|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|^2\le C\mathcal A^N(S_0)E∣Ytk​N,i,I​∣2+hE∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣2≤CAN(S0​), uniformly in III, iii, kkk.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that the projection errors of a backward regression scheme only add up over the NNN time steps, with a constant that does not grow with NNN, and that they are measured by the residuals of the discrete BSDE itself. That makes the influence of the basis directly computable (the paper's §6 does so for Voronoi-cell indicators), and shows that I=2I=2I=2 Picard iterations already give an error of the order of the time discretization. Combined with Theorem 3 it gives the complete error budget of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. A complete development provides a formal L2\mathbf L_2L2​-regression calculus for discrete BSDEs (projections on random bases, conditional expectations against Gaussian increments, contraction of Picard maps in L2(Fk)\mathbf L_2(\mathcal F_k)L2​(Fk​)) and a backward discrete Gronwall lemma, all reusable for other regression schemes. One printed step, (14), fails at i=1i=1i=1 (see below), so a formal proof also certifies that the theorem survives the repair.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the scheme with the discrete BSDE one step at a time and applies Gronwall. It fails for ZZZ: ZtkN,i,IZ^{N,i,I}_{t_k}Ztk​N,i,I​ carries a factor 1/h1/h1/h, and a naive bound E∣Z∣2≤h−1E∣Y∣2\mathbb E|Z|^2\le h^{-1}\mathbb E|Y|^2E∣Z∣2≤h−1E∣Y∣2 summed over N=T/hN=T/hN=T/h steps explodes. A usable bound has to account for the conditional variance of Ytk+1N,I,IY^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}Ytk+1​N,I,I​ given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, not only its second moment. The second difficulty is that the projection does not commute with the driver: projection errors enter at every step through the nonlinear fff, and must be bounded by residuals of YNY^NYN and ZNZ^NZN, not of the scheme's iterates. A third is the Picard step: at i=1i=1i=1 the iterate is computed with ZN,0,I=0Z^{N,0,I}=0ZN,0,I=0, so it is not an iterate of the contraction of milestone 3, and the printed inequality (14) E∣YtkN,∞,I−YtkN,i,I∣2≤(Cfh)2iE∣YtkN,∞,I∣2\mathbb E|Y^{N,\infty,I}_{t_k}-Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|^2\le(C_fh)^{2i}\mathbb E|Y^{N,\infty,I}_{t_k}|^2E∣Ytk​N,∞,I​−Ytk​N,i,I​∣2≤(Cf​h)2iE∣Ytk​N,∞,I​∣2 fails there; an extra term in E∣ZtkN,I,I∣2\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}|^2E∣Ztk​N,I,I​∣2 is needed.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace RegMCBSDE.Projection. Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), the matrix norm in (H1) is the Frobenius norm, and all expectations of squares are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no junk value of a Bochner integral can make an inequality vacuous. Component mmm (from 000) of ΔWk\Delta W_kΔWk​ is the paper's ΔWm+1,k\Delta W_{m+1,k}ΔWm+1,k​, and the bases are indexed by Fin (q+1) with l=0l=0l=0 for YYY.

Committed readings:

  • (H3) is dropped. It constrains the continuous terminal functional, which no statement involves.
  • The filtration is abstract. Any filtration with Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable increments independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and of law N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​); the Brownian filtration is one. The Markov representation of PNP^NPN is not used and is dropped.
  • Schemes are relations. (YN,ZN)(Y^N,Z^N)(YN,ZN) is any solution of (5)–(6), and α\alphaα is any family satisfying the arg-min rule (9) for every i≥1i\ge1i≥1 (the paper runs i≤Ii\le Ii≤I; (19) refers to all i≥0i\ge0i≥0). (10)–(11) are a milestone, not the definition.
  • The projection is Mathlib's orthogonal projection in L2(Ω,P)\mathbf L_2(\Omega,\mathbb P)L2​(Ω,P) onto the span of the basis coordinates. It is not defined by the normal equations.
  • Constants. In Theorem 2 and (19), CCC and the threshold h0h_0h0​ of "hhh small enough" are chosen after (T,d,q,b,σ,f,Cf,L)(T,d,q,b,\sigma,f,C_f,L)(T,d,q,b,σ,f,Cf​,L) and before NNN, III, S0S_0S0​, d′d'd′, the probability space, PNP^NPN, ΦN\Phi^NΦN and the bases. A constant chosen after the scheme data would make the theorem trivially true and is ruled out by this quantifier order.
  • Pinned readings. max⁡k\max_kmaxk​ is "for every k≤Nk\le Nk≤N". In (13) the argument ZN,i−1,IZ^{N,i-1,I}ZN,i−1,I is read as ZN,I,IZ^{N,I,I}ZN,I,I, as the displayed (13) shows, and "hhh small enough" is Cfh<1C_fh<1Cf​h<1. (12) is multiplied by hhh to avoid subtraction. (19) is stated for k≤N−1k\le N-1k≤N−1 and every 1≤l≤q1\le l\le q1≤l≤q. (10) is stated where Ytk+1N,I,IΔWl,kY^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k}Ytk+1​N,I,I​ΔWl,k​ is square integrable, since P\mathcal PP acts on L2\mathbf L_2L2​.
  • Not stated. (14), which is false at i=1i=1i=1, and the steps whose printed derivation passes through it ((15)–(18), (20)–(26)); Theorem 1 and Propositions 1 and 3.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and the Mathlib-level lemmas they need (conditional expectation of a product with an independent centered Gaussian, L2\mathbf L_2L2​ moments of the Euler scheme, the projection identity Pp(U)=Pp(EkU)\mathcal P_p(U)=\mathcal P_p(\mathbb E_kU)Pp​(U)=Pp​(Ek​U) for Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable bases).

Selected references

  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor, X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. arXiv:math/0508491, doi:10.1214/105051605000000412
  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. doi:10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • B. Bouchard, N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stoch. Proc. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. doi:10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
  • F. A. Longstaff, E. S. Schwartz, Valuing American options by simulation: a simple least-squares approach, Rev. Financ. Stud. 14(1), 113–147, 2001. doi:10.1093/rfs/14.1.113
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Regression-Based Monte Carlo Method to Solve Backward Stochastic Differential Equations II: Simulation Error of the Empirical Regression Scheme in the Number of PathsResearch Paper

Motivation

Backward stochastic differential equations (BSDEs) describe the price and the hedge of a contingent claim in models with nonlinear pricing rules (differential interest rates, funding costs, reflected or constrained claims), and give probabilistic representations of semilinear parabolic PDEs (El Karoui, Peng and Quenez, 1997). Their numerical solution in moderate dimension is done by simulation: a backward recursion over a time grid in which each conditional expectation is replaced by a least-squares regression on simulated paths, the same device as the regression method for Bermudan options of Longstaff and Schwartz (2001).

Gobet, Lemor and Warin (2005) split the error of such a scheme into three parts: time discretization (Theorem 1), projection on finite function bases (Theorem 2), and the replacement of L2\mathbf L_2L2​ projections by empirical regressions on MMM simulated paths (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the third part, which the authors describe as the major contribution of the paper. Its point is that the error from the simulations is controlled nonasymptotically, step by step, without blowing up as the time step hhh shrinks, even though every regression of the backward recursion reuses the same simulated paths.

Setting

A model consists of a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a drift bbb, a diffusion σ\sigmaσ satisfying the Lipschitz condition (H1), and a driver f(t,x,y,z)f(t,x,y,z)f(t,x,y,z) satisfying (H2): ∣f(t2,x2,y2,z2)−f(t1,x1,y1,z1)∣≤Cf(∣t2−t1∣1/2+∣x2−x1∣+∣y2−y1∣+∣z2−z1∣)|f(t_2,x_2,y_2,z_2)-f(t_1,x_1,y_1,z_1)|\le C_f(|t_2-t_1|^{1/2}+|x_2-x_1|+|y_2-y_1|+|z_2-z_1|)∣f(t2​,x2​,y2​,z2​)−f(t1​,x1​,y1​,z1​)∣≤Cf​(∣t2​−t1​∣1/2+∣x2​−x1​∣+∣y2​−y1​∣+∣z2​−z1​∣). For N≥1N\ge1N≥1, h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N, tk=kht_k=khtk​=kh, the Euler scheme is Stk+1N=StkN+b(tk,StkN)h+σ(tk,StkN)ΔWkS^N_{t_{k+1}}=S^N_{t_k}+b(t_k,S^N_{t_k})h+\sigma(t_k,S^N_{t_k})\Delta W_kStk+1​N​=Stk​N​+b(tk​,Stk​N​)h+σ(tk​,Stk​N​)ΔWk​, where the increments ΔWk∼N(0,hIq)\Delta W_k\sim\mathcal N(0,hI_q)ΔWk​∼N(0,hIq​) are independent of the past. A chain PtkN∈Rd′P^N_{t_k}\in\mathbb R^{d'}Ptk​N​∈Rd′ extends StkNS^N_{t_k}Stk​N​, and ΦN(PtNN)\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N​) is the terminal value.

At each time tkt_ktk​, function bases p0,kp_{0,k}p0,k​ (for YYY) and pl,kp_{l,k}pl,k​, 1≤l≤q1\le l\le q1≤l≤q (for the components of ZZZ) are fixed, orthonormal in the sense E[pl,k(PtkN)pl,k(PtkN)∗]=Id\mathbb E[p_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})p_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})^*]=\mathrm{Id}E[pl,k​(Ptk​N​)pl,k​(Ptk​N​)∗]=Id. The projection–Picard scheme (Definition 1) computes coefficients αki,I\alpha^{i,I}_kαki,I​ by III Picard iterations of an L2\mathbf L_2L2​ least-squares problem, and sets YtkN,I,I=α0,kI,I⋅p0,kY^{N,I,I}_{t_k}=\alpha^{I,I}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k}Ytk​N,I,I​=α0,kI,I​⋅p0,k​, Zl,tkN,I,I=αl,kI,I⋅pl,kZ^{N,I,I}_{l,t_k}=\alpha^{I,I}_{l,k}\cdot p_{l,k}Zl,tk​N,I,I​=αl,kI,I​⋅pl,k​.

The empirical scheme (4) replaces the expectation by an average over MMM independent simulations (PN,m,ΔWm)(P^{N,m},\Delta W^m)(PN,m,ΔWm) of the path: αki,I,M\alpha^{i,I,M}_kαki,I,M​ minimizes

1M∑m=1M(Ytk+1N,I,I,M,m−α0⋅p0,km+hfkm(αki−1,I,M)−∑l=1qαl⋅pl,kmΔWl,km)2.\frac1M\sum_{m=1}^M\Big(Y^{N,I,I,M,m}_{t_{k+1}}-\alpha_0\cdot p^m_{0,k}+hf^m_k(\alpha^{i-1,I,M}_k)-\sum_{l=1}^q\alpha_l\cdot p^m_{l,k}\Delta W^m_{l,k}\Big)^2 .M1​m=1∑M​(Ytk+1​N,I,I,M,m​−α0​⋅p0,km​+hfkm​(αki−1,I,M​)−l=1∑q​αl​⋅pl,km​ΔWl,km​)2.

The outputs are truncated: with ρl,kN(x)=max⁡(1,C0∣pl,k(x)∣)\rho^N_{l,k}(x)=\max(1,C_0|p_{l,k}(x)|)ρl,kN​(x)=max(1,C0​∣pl,k​(x)∣) and a smooth profile ξ\xiξ equal to the identity on [−3/2,3/2][-3/2,3/2][−3/2,3/2], YtkN,I,I,M=ρ^0,kN(α0,kI,I,M⋅p0,k)Y^{N,I,I,M}_{t_k}=\hat\rho^N_{0,k}(\alpha^{I,I,M}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k})Ytk​N,I,I,M​=ρ^​0,kN​(α0,kI,I,M​⋅p0,k​) with ρ^l,kN(x)=ρl,kN(PtkN)ξ(x/ρl,kN(PtkN))\hat\rho^N_{l,k}(x)=\rho^N_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})\xi(x/\rho^N_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k}))ρ^​l,kN​(x)=ρl,kN​(Ptk​N​)ξ(x/ρl,kN​(Ptk​N​)). The regression vector is [vk]∗=(p0,k∗,p1,k∗ΔW1,k/h,…,pq,k∗ΔWq,k/h)[v_k]^*=(p_{0,k}^*,p_{1,k}^*\Delta W_{1,k}/\sqrt h,\dots,p_{q,k}^*\Delta W_{q,k}/\sqrt h)[vk​]∗=(p0,k∗​,p1,k∗​ΔW1,k​/h​,…,pq,k∗​ΔWq,k​/h​), and the good event AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​ (27) asks that the empirical matrices VjM=1M∑mvjm[vjm]∗V^M_j=\frac1M\sum_mv^m_j[v^m_j]^*VjM​=M1​∑m​vjm​[vjm​]∗ and Pl,jM=1M∑mpl,jm[pl,jm]∗P^M_{l,j}=\frac1M\sum_m p^m_{l,j}[p^m_{l,j}]^*Pl,jM​=M1​∑m​pl,jm​[pl,jm​]∗ be close to the identity for all j≥kj\ge kj≥k.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

For I≥3I\ge3I≥3, orthonormal bases with E∣pl,k∣4<∞\mathbb E|p_{l,k}|^4<\inftyE∣pl,k​∣4<∞, C0C_0C0​ such that the bounds of Proposition 2 hold, and hhh small enough, for 0≤k≤N−10\le k\le N-10≤k≤N−1,

E∣YtkN,I,I−YtkN,I,I,M∣2+h∑j=kN−1E∣ZtjN,I,I−ZtjN,I,I,M∣2≤9∑j=kN−1E(∣ρjN∣21[AkM]c)+ChI−1∑j=kN−1[1+∣S0∣2+E∣ρjN∣2]+ChM∑j=kN−1ϵj,\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Y^{N,I,I,M}_{t_k}|^2+h\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_j}-Z^{N,I,I,M}_{t_j}|^2\le 9\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\mathbb E(|\rho^N_j|^2\mathbf 1_{[\mathbf A^M_k]^c})+Ch^{I-1}\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}[1+|S_0|^2+\mathbb E|\rho^N_j|^2]+\frac{C}{hM}\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\epsilon_j,E∣Ytk​N,I,I​−Ytk​N,I,I,M​∣2+hj=k∑N−1​E∣Ztj​N,I,I​−Ztj​N,I,I,M​∣2≤9j=k∑N−1​E(∣ρjN​∣21[AkM​]c​)+ChI−1j=k∑N−1​[1+∣S0​∣2+E∣ρjN​∣2]+hMC​j=k∑N−1​ϵj​,

where ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​ collects second moments of vjvj∗−Idv_jv_j^*-\mathrm{Id}vj​vj∗​−Id, ∣vj∣2∣p0,j+1∣2|v_j|^2|p_{0,j+1}|^2∣vj​∣2∣p0,j+1​∣2 and ∣vj∣2(1+∣StjN∣2+… )|v_j|^2(1+|S^N_{t_j}|^2+\dots)∣vj​∣2(1+∣Stj​N​∣2+…), written out in full in the goal statement. The constant CCC and the threshold on hhh depend only on the model and on ξ\xiξ.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2: the a priori bounds ∣YtkN,i,I∣≤ρ0,kN|Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|\le\rho^N_{0,k}∣Ytk​N,i,I​∣≤ρ0,kN​, h∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣≤ρl,kN\sqrt h|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|\le\rho^N_{l,k}h​∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣≤ρl,kN​ that fix the truncation levels.
  2. (28)–(29): the empirical least-squares solution and its contraction inequality λmin⁡(VM)∣θx∣2≤∣θx⋅v∣M2≤∣x∣M2\lambda_{\min}(V^M)|\theta_x|^2\le|\theta_x\cdot v|^2_M\le|x|^2_Mλmin​(VM)∣θx​∣2≤∣θx​⋅v∣M2​≤∣x∣M2​.
  3. Lemma 1: on AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​ the empirical Picard iterations contract at rate ChChCh to a unique fixed point, with error [Ch]I[Ch]^I[Ch]I after III steps.
  4. (32): the pathwise bound ∣θki,I,M∣2≤C(Ak+1N,M+hBkN,M)|\theta^{i,I,M}_k|^2\le C(\mathcal A^{N,M}_{k+1}+h\mathcal B^{N,M}_k)∣θki,I,M​∣2≤C(Ak+1N,M​+hBkN,M​) on AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​.
  5. (34): the expectation formula θk∞,I=E(vk[Ytk+1N,I,I+hfk(αk∞,I)])\theta^{\infty,I}_k=\mathbb E(v_k[Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf_k(\alpha^{\infty,I}_k)])θk∞,I​=E(vk​[Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hfk​(αk∞,I​)]).

Significance

Theorem 3 is nonasymptotic: together with Theorems 1 and 2 it lets one compare the three error sources and choose hhh, the bases and MMM jointly for a target accuracy. The 1/(hM)1/(hM)1/(hM) rate shows how many paths a finer time grid requires, and the hI−1h^{I-1}hI−1 term shows that I=3I=3I=3 Picard iterations suffice. The term involving [AkM]c[\mathbf A^M_k]^c[AkM​]c isolates the event on which the empirical regression matrices are badly conditioned, which the truncation keeps under control.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in this mission is open mathematically. No machine-checked proof of any part of it is known. A formal proof would check a long chain of estimates whose constants the paper tracks only as a generic CCC, and would settle the two misprints in the printed statement (see below). The definitions layer (Euler scheme, regression schemes, empirical regression matrices) is reusable for other regression Monte Carlo schemes for BSDEs and for optimal stopping.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to treat each regression as an independent statistical estimation problem and apply a variance bound per time step. This fails because all regressions of the backward recursion use the same MMM paths: the response at time tk+1t_{k+1}tk+1​ is itself a function of the simulations, so the regression at tkt_ktk​ is not a regression of a fixed variable on independent samples. Moreover, the empirical matrix VkMV^M_kVkM​ may be singular, and on that event the empirical coefficients are unbounded unless truncated. A naive per-step bound also produces a factor 1/h1/h1/h at each of the N=T/hN=T/hN=T/h steps, which explodes; the proof must keep the accumulated constants of order one.

Formalization scope

  • All objects are defined in the namespace RegMCBSDE.Simulation. Continuous time is not used: the increments ΔWk\Delta W_kΔWk​ are any family that is Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​)-distributed for some filtration. That covers the Brownian case. (H3), a condition on the terminal functional of the continuous path, is dropped. So is the Markov representation of PNP^NPN, which no statement uses.
  • Expectations of squared quantities are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], on both sides of every inequality.
  • Euclidean norms are written as sums of squares. ∥A∥≤c\|A\|\le c∥A∥≤c for symmetric AAA is written as ∣x∗Ax∣≤c∣x∣2|x^*Ax|\le c|x|^2∣x∗Ax∣≤c∣x∣2 for all xxx.
  • The schemes are defined as predicates (any minimizer of each least-squares problem), never through a matrix inverse. The empirical coefficients are required to be measurable functions of the simulations, and any such minimizer is allowed, as the paper says the choice is arbitrary.
  • The reference path at which the fitted coefficients are evaluated is assumed independent of the MMM simulations.
  • Picard iterations are imposed for every i≥1i\ge1i≥1.
  • "For hhh small enough" is formalized as T/N<h0T/N<h_0T/N<h0​. Every constant CCC and every h0h_0h0​ is chosen before NNN, III, MMM, kkk, C0C_0C0​, the bases, S0S_0S0​ and the probability space. A formalization in which CCC is chosen after the scheme data would make every inequality with a positive right-hand side trivially true, and is ruled out.
  • "C0C_0C0​ large enough" in Theorem 3 is the hypothesis that the bounds of Proposition 2 hold for C0C_0C0​.
  • Proposition 2 is stated for hhh small enough. The printed statement omits this condition, which its proof needs through the uniform bound (19).
  • In (32) and Lemma 1, ρ0,NN\rho^N_{0,N}ρ0,NN​, which the paper leaves undefined, is read through the terminal response ΦN(PtNN,m)\Phi^N(P^{N,m}_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N,m​).
  • Corrections to Theorem 3 (both from the paper's proof, p. 21):
    1. The printed j=N−1j=N-1j=N−1 summand contains the undefined p0,Np_{0,N}p0,N​. It is replaced by E(∣vN−1∣2∣ΦN(PtNN)∣2)\mathbb E(|v_{N-1}|^2|\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})|^2)E(∣vN−1​∣2∣ΦN(PtN​N​)∣2).
    2. The printed factor E∣ρ0,jN(PtjN)∣2\mathbb E|\rho^N_{0,j}(P^N_{t_j})|^2E∣ρ0,jN​(Ptj​N​)∣2 next to E(∣vj∣2∣p0,j+1∣2)\mathbb E(|v_j|^2|p_{0,j+1}|^2)E(∣vj​∣2∣p0,j+1​∣2) becomes E∣ρ0,j+1N(Ptj+1N)∣2\mathbb E|\rho^N_{0,j+1}(P^N_{t_{j+1}})|^2E∣ρ0,j+1N​(Ptj+1​N​)∣2.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular (28)–(29) (finite-dimensional linear algebra) and (34) (independence and orthonormality), and a construction showing that measurable minimizers of (4) exist.

Selected references

  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor, X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/105051605000000412, preprint https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0508491v1
  • N. El Karoui, S. Peng, M. C. Quenez, Backward stochastic differential equations in finance, Math. Finance 7(1), 1–71, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00022
  • F. A. Longstaff, E. S. Schwartz, Valuing American options by simulation: a simple least-squares approach, Rev. Financ. Stud. 14(1), 113–147, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/14.1.113
  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • B. Bouchard, N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stochastic Process. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Dynamic Programming 3: The Worst-Case Expectation over a Chi-Square Ball Equals a Mean–Standard-Deviation DualResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust dynamic programming replaces the single transition law of a Markov decision process by a set of laws, and values a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set. Iyengar (Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, 2004; Math. Oper. Res. 30(2), 2005) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Oper. Res. 53(5), 2005) showed that under a rectangularity assumption the robust value satisfies a robust Bellman equation. Each step of that equation solves, for every state–action pair, an inner problem

inf⁡p∈P Ep[v],\inf_{p\in\mathcal P}\ \mathbf E^p[v],p∈Pinf​ Ep[v],

the worst-case expectation of a value vector vvv over the ambiguity set P\mathcal PP. Robust value iteration is only as practical as this inner problem is cheap.

The ambiguity sets of interest come from statistics: when transition probabilities are estimated from data, natural sets are confidence regions around the empirical distribution. Section 4 of Iyengar's report studies three such families: relative-entropy balls (Lemma 4), a χ² approximation of them (Lemma 5), and an L1L_1L1​ outer approximation (Lemma 6). This mission formalizes the χ² case. The relative-entropy case is already posed on the platform as RobustMDP.EntropyInner.kl_ball_inner_problem_dual (Nilim–El Ghaoui series), up to the sign change v→−vv\to -vv→−v.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS be a finite set of states and let M(S)={p:S→R: p≥0, ∑sp(s)=1}\mathcal M(\mathcal S)=\{p:\mathcal S\to\mathbb R:\ p\ge 0,\ \sum_s p(s)=1\}M(S)={p:S→R: p≥0, ∑s​p(s)=1} be the probability measures on S\mathcal SS. For p∈M(S)p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)p∈M(S) and x:S→Rx:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rx:S→R write

Ep[x]=∑sp(s)x(s),Varq[x]=∑sq(s)(x(s)−Eq[x])2.\mathbf E^p[x]=\sum_{s}p(s)x(s),\qquad \mathbf{Var}^q[x]=\sum_s q(s)\big(x(s)-\mathbf E^q[x]\big)^2 .Ep[x]=s∑​p(s)x(s),Varq[x]=s∑​q(s)(x(s)−Eq[x])2.

Fix a centre q∈M(S)q\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)q∈M(S) with q(s)>0q(s)>0q(s)>0 for every sss (in the paper qqq is the empirical next-state distribution of one state–action pair) and a radius t≥0t\ge 0t≥0. The χ² set (46) is

P={p∈M(S): ∑s∈S(p(s)−q(s))2q(s)≤t}.\mathcal P=\Big\{p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S):\ \sum_{s\in\mathcal S}\frac{(p(s)-q(s))^2}{q(s)}\le t\Big\}.P={p∈M(S): s∈S∑​q(s)(p(s)−q(s))2​≤t}.

Since log⁡(1+x)≤x\log(1+x)\le xlog(1+x)≤x, the relative entropy D(p∥q)=∑sp(s)log⁡(p(s)/q(s))D(p\|q)=\sum_s p(s)\log(p(s)/q(s))D(p∥q)=∑s​p(s)log(p(s)/q(s)) is at most the χ² distance, so P\mathcal PP lies inside the relative-entropy ball of radius ttt: it is a conservative approximation of it. The Lean development names these objects expect, variance, chiSqDist, chiSqSet, relEntropy and the dual objective dualObj q t v μ =Eq[v−μ]−t Varq[v−μ]=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]}=Eq[v−μ]−tVarq[v−μ]​, all in the namespace RobustDP.ChiSquare.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 5 (p. 18)

For every value vector v:S→Rv:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rv:S→R,

min⁡p∈P Ep[v]  =  max⁡μ≥0{Eq[v−μ]−t Varq[v−μ]},\min_{p\in\mathcal P}\ \mathbf E^p[v]\;=\;\max_{\mu\ge 0}\Big\{\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]}\Big\},p∈Pmin​ Ep[v]=μ≥0max​{Eq[v−μ]−tVarq[v−μ]​},

where μ\muμ ranges over vectors μ:S→R\mu:\mathcal S\to\mathbb Rμ:S→R with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 componentwise. Both extrema are attained. The lemma's complexity claim, O(∣S∣log⁡∣S∣)\mathcal O(|\mathcal S|\log|\mathcal S|)O(∣S∣log∣S∣) for (48), is a statement about an algorithm and is not part of the mission.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  1. (49) With y=p−qy=p-qy=p−q, the value of the primal problem is Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v] plus the minimum of ∑sy(s)v(s)\sum_s y(s)v(s)∑s​y(s)v(s) over ∑sy(s)2/q(s)≤t\sum_s y(s)^2/q(s)\le t∑s​y(s)2/q(s)≤t, ∑sy(s)=0\sum_s y(s)=0∑s​y(s)=0, y≥−qy\ge -qy≥−q.
  2. (50) For fixed multipliers μ\muμ and γ∈R\gamma\in\mathbb Rγ∈R, the minimum of the Lagrangian over the ellipsoid {y:∑sy(s)2/q(s)≤t}\{y:\sum_s y(s)^2/q(s)\le t\}{y:∑s​y(s)2/q(s)≤t} is Eq[v−μ]−t∑sq(s)(v(s)−μ(s)−γ)2\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\sqrt{t\sum_s q(s)(v(s)-\mu(s)-\gamma)^2}Eq[v−μ]−t∑s​q(s)(v(s)−μ(s)−γ)2​, attained at an explicit y∗y^*y∗.
  3. (51) Maximizing over γ\gammaγ replaces the sum of squares by Varq[v−μ]\mathbf{Var}^q[v-\mu]Varq[v−μ], attained at γ=Eq[v−μ]\gamma=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]γ=Eq[v−μ].
  4. (52)–(53) Some optimal multiplier has the form μ∗(s)=(v(s)−α)+\mu^*(s)=(v(s)-\alpha)^+μ∗(s)=(v(s)−α)+ with α≥min⁡sv(s)\alpha\ge\min_s v(s)α≥mins​v(s), so the dual is a one-dimensional problem.

Two further results stand on the same definitions: the inequality D(p∥q)≤∑s(p(s)−q(s))2/q(s)D(p\|q)\le\sum_s(p(s)-q(s))^2/q(s)D(p∥q)≤∑s​(p(s)−q(s))2/q(s) of Section 4.2, and the L1L_1L1​ analogue of Lemma 5 established in the proof of Lemma 6 (p. 20):

min⁡p∈M(S)∥p−q∥1≤cEp[v]=max⁡μ≥0{Eq[v−μ]−12c(max⁡s(v−μ)(s)−min⁡s(v−μ)(s))},c=2ln⁡(2) t.\min_{\substack{p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)\\ \|p-q\|_1\le c}}\mathbf E^p[v]=\max_{\mu\ge0}\Big\{\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]-\tfrac12 c\big(\max_s(v-\mu)(s)-\min_s(v-\mu)(s)\big)\Big\},\qquad c=\sqrt{2\ln(2)\,t}.p∈M(S)∥p−q∥1​≤c​min​Ep[v]=μ≥0max​{Eq[v−μ]−21​c(smax​(v−μ)(s)−smin​(v−μ)(s))},c=2ln(2)t​.

Significance

The result. Lemma 5 reduces a worst-case expectation over a curved convex set of probability vectors to a concave problem in one scalar, which the paper solves by sorting. This makes robust value iteration with χ² ambiguity sets about as expensive as nominal value iteration, up to a logarithmic factor. The identity also explains the shape of the answer: a mean minus a standard-deviation penalty, applied to a value vector truncated from above at the level α\alphaα. The truncation comes from the constraint p≥0p\ge 0p≥0.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known. A complete formalization gives a verified finite-dimensional duality theorem for a quadratic constraint combined with polyhedral constraints, which is the computational core of χ²-ambiguity robust MDPs and of χ²-divergence distributionally robust optimization in general. Lemma 6's printed formula (57) is false (see below); the mission poses the corrected identity that the paper's proof establishes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument drops the constraint p≥0p\ge 0p≥0. Without it, the minimum of the linear function Ep[v]\mathbf E^p[v]Ep[v] over the ellipsoid {∑sp(s)=1, χ2(p,q)≤t}\{\sum_s p(s)=1,\ \chi^2(p,q)\le t\}{∑s​p(s)=1, χ2(p,q)≤t} follows from Cauchy–Schwarz and equals Eq[v]−t Varq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]-\sqrt{t\,\mathbf{Var}^q[v]}Eq[v]−tVarq[v]​. The page notes (p. 19) that earlier work solved only this relaxed problem. With p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 the minimizer of the relaxation can leave the simplex, so the problem has an ellipsoidal constraint, a polyhedral constraint and an equality at once. The multiplier μ\muμ of p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 is what Lemma 5 has to handle. Equality of the primal minimum with the dual supremum needs a duality theorem that is not in Mathlib in this form. Attainment of the dual maximum over the unbounded cone μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 needs an additional argument, namely that an optimal multiplier has the truncation form (53).

Formalization scope

  • S\mathcal SS is a Fintype; vectors are functions S → ℝ; M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S) is Mathlib's stdSimplex ℝ S. Nonemptiness of S\mathcal SS follows from ∑sq(s)=1\sum_s q(s)=1∑s​q(s)=1. Finiteness is the standing restriction of Section 4 (p. 15).
  • q(s)>0q(s)>0q(s)>0 for every sss is a hypothesis of every χ² statement. The page divides by q(s)q(s)q(s); in Lean x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would silently drop a coordinate from the constraint.
  • t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 is assumed. The page puts no sign condition on ttt. At t=0t=0t=0 the set is {q}\{q\}{q} and both sides equal Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v].
  • Minimum and maximum are IsLeast and IsGreatest of image sets, so the goal asserts attainment on both sides, as the page's "minimize" and "max" do.
  • μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 is a vector inequality (0 ≤ μ). The multiplier γ\gammaγ of the equality ∑sy(s)=0\sum_s y(s)=0∑s​y(s)=0 ranges over R\mathbb RR. The page's "γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0" in (50) is a misprint: the proof of Lemma 6 writes γ∈R\gamma\in\mathbb Rγ∈R, and the optimal γ=Eq[v−μ]\gamma=\mathbf E^q[v-\mu]γ=Eq[v−μ] may be negative.
  • The relative entropy uses the natural logarithm, as in (35), with 0log⁡0=00\log 0=00log0=0.
  • Lemma 6 is posed only as established in its proof. The printed (57) is false: taking μ=v−min⁡sv(s)\mu=v-\min_s v(s)μ=v−mins​v(s) makes the bracket vanish, so (57) always equals Eq[v]\mathbf E^q[v]Eq[v]. For q=(12,12)q=(\frac12,\frac12)q=(21​,21​), v=(0,1)v=(0,1)v=(0,1) and c=12c=\frac12c=21​ the true minimum is 14\frac1441​. The set (55) is also restricted to p∈M(S)p\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)p∈M(S), which its proof uses.
  • Ruled out: a formalization of Lemma 5 whose feasible set omits p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 (or that takes μ=0\mu=0μ=0) states the easier relaxed identity above and is not this mission's goal. Likewise a χ² set whose centre may vanish, or a dual written as ⨆ over an unbounded set, would make the statement junk.
  • All complexity claims (Lemmas 5 and 6, the sorting argument, (54)) are excluded. So are the Pinsker step of Section 4.3, whose constant 1/(2ln⁡2)1/(2\ln 2)1/(2ln2) is wrong for the natural logarithm, and the asymptotic confidence statements (33)–(39).
  • Reusable infrastructure: Lagrangian duality for a linear objective over an ellipsoid intersected with a polyhedron, and Cauchy–Schwarz minimization of a linear function over a weighted ellipsoid. Proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of the goal, and a formalization of the paper's sorting algorithm on top of (52)–(53) are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, CORC Tech Report TR-2002-07, IEOR Department, Columbia University, revised May 4, 2004; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • J. K. Satia and R. E. Lave, Markovian decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3):728–740, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, Wiley, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471200611
11 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Phase Transition of the Largest Eigenvalue for Nonnull Complex Sample Covariance Matrices 2: Spikes above 1+γ⁻¹ Give √M Fluctuations of the Largest Eigenvalue with Limit G_k, the k×k GUE LawResearch Paper

Motivation

Sample covariance matrices are the basic object of multivariate statistics: principal component analysis, signal detection and factor models all start from the eigenvalues of S=1M∑k=1My⃗ky⃗k ∗S = \frac1M\sum_{k=1}^M \vec y_k \vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k=1M​y​k​y​k∗​ computed from MMM samples of an NNN-dimensional vector. When NNN is comparable to MMM, the eigenvalues of SSS no longer approximate those of the population covariance Σ\SigmaΣ. The question is then whether a few large population eigenvalues ("spikes") are visible in the sample spectrum at all, and how the top sample eigenvalue fluctuates when they are.

Baik, Ben Arous and Péché (Ann. Probab. 33 (2005) 1643–1697) answered this for complex Gaussian samples. They found a sharp threshold 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1, where γ2=M/N\gamma^2 = M/Nγ2=M/N, now called the BBP phase transition. This mission formalizes the supercritical half of the answer, Theorem 1.1(b).

Timeline.

  • 2000–2001: Johansson (Comm. Math. Phys. 209, 2000) and Johnstone (Ann. Statist. 29) proved that for Σ=I\Sigma = IΣ=I the largest eigenvalue, centred at (1+γ−1)2(1+\gamma^{-1})^2(1+γ−1)2 and scaled by M2/3M^{2/3}M2/3, has the Tracy–Widom law. Johansson treated the complex case, Johnstone the real case.
  • 2005: Baik, Ben Arous and Péché treated Σ\SigmaΣ with finitely many eigenvalues different from 111. Spikes at or below 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1 give M2/3M^{2/3}M2/3 fluctuations with limit laws FkF_kFk​ (part (a), a separate mission of this series). Spikes above 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1 give M\sqrt MM​ fluctuations with limit GkG_kGk​ (part (b)).
  • 2006: Baik and Silverstein (J. Multivariate Anal. 97) located the outlying eigenvalue for general, non-Gaussian samples. Bai and Yao (Ann. IHP 44, 2008) obtained Gaussian fluctuations of the outliers for general samples.

Setting

Let gkjg_{kj}gkj​, 1≤k≤M1 \le k \le M1≤k≤M, 1≤j≤N1 \le j \le N1≤j≤N, be independent standard complex Gaussians: g=a+ibg = a + ibg=a+ib with a,ba, ba,b independent real normal variables of mean 000 and variance 1/21/21/2. Fix a unitary matrix UUU and positive population eigenvalues ℓ1,…,ℓN\ell_1, \dots, \ell_Nℓ1​,…,ℓN​. The samples are

y⃗k=U diag(ℓ1,…,ℓN) g⃗k,\vec y_k = U\,\mathrm{diag}(\sqrt{\ell_1},\dots,\sqrt{\ell_N})\,\vec g_k,y​k​=Udiag(ℓ1​​,…,ℓN​​)g​k​,

which are independent mean-zero complex Gaussian vectors with covariance Σ=U diag(ℓ) U∗\Sigma = U\,\mathrm{diag}(\ell)\,U^*Σ=Udiag(ℓ)U∗. The sample covariance matrix is S=1M∑ky⃗ky⃗k ∗S = \frac1M\sum_k \vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k​y​k​y​k∗​, and λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is its largest eigenvalue.

The regime has M,N→∞M, N \to \inftyM,N→∞ with M/N=γ2M/N = \gamma^2M/N=γ2 and γ\gammaγ in a compact subset of [1,∞)[1,\infty)[1,∞). A fixed number rrr of the ℓj\ell_jℓj​ differ from 111. For some 1≤k≤r1 \le k \le r1≤k≤r the top kkk coincide, ℓ1=⋯=ℓk\ell_1 = \cdots = \ell_kℓ1​=⋯=ℓk​, with common value in a compact subset of (1+γ−1,∞)(1+\gamma^{-1},\infty)(1+γ−1,∞). The others, ℓk+1,…,ℓr\ell_{k+1},\dots,\ell_rℓk+1​,…,ℓr​, lie in a compact subset of (0,ℓ1)(0,\ell_1)(0,ℓ1​).

The limit law is the finite GUE distribution. Let Zk=∫Rk∏i<j∣ξi−ξj∣2∏ie−ξi2/2 dξZ_k = \int_{\mathbb R^k}\prod_{i<j}|\xi_i-\xi_j|^2\prod_i e^{-\xi_i^2/2}\,d\xiZk​=∫Rk​∏i<j​∣ξi​−ξj​∣2∏i​e−ξi2​/2dξ. Then

Gk(x)=1Zk∫(−∞,x]k∏1≤i<j≤k∣ξi−ξj∣2∏i=1ke−ξi2/2 dξ1⋯dξk,G_k(x) = \frac1{Z_k}\int_{(-\infty,x]^k}\prod_{1\le i<j\le k}|\xi_i-\xi_j|^2\prod_{i=1}^k e^{-\xi_i^2/2}\,d\xi_1\cdots d\xi_k,Gk​(x)=Zk​1​∫(−∞,x]k​1≤i<j≤k∏​∣ξi​−ξj​∣2i=1∏k​e−ξi2​/2dξ1​⋯dξk​,

which is the law of the largest eigenvalue of a k×kk\times kk×k Gaussian unitary ensemble matrix (Definition 1.2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1(b)

P((λ1−(ℓ1+ℓ1γ−2ℓ1−1))⋅Mℓ12−ℓ12γ−2/(ℓ1−1)2≤x)⟶Gk(x)for every x∈R.\mathbb P\left(\Big(\lambda_1 - \Big(\ell_1 + \frac{\ell_1\gamma^{-2}}{\ell_1-1}\Big)\Big)\cdot\frac{\sqrt M}{\sqrt{\ell_1^2 - \ell_1^2\gamma^{-2}/(\ell_1-1)^2}} \le x\right) \longrightarrow G_k(x)\qquad\text{for every } x \in \mathbb R.P((λ1​−(ℓ1​+ℓ1​−1ℓ1​γ−2​))⋅ℓ12​−ℓ12​γ−2/(ℓ1​−1)2​M​​≤x)⟶Gk​(x)for every x∈R.

Companion: Corollary 1.1(b)

λ1−ℓ1(1+γ−2ℓ1−1)⟶0in probability.\lambda_1 - \ell_1\Big(1 + \frac{\gamma^{-2}}{\ell_1-1}\Big) \longrightarrow 0 \quad\text{in probability.}λ1​−ℓ1​(1+ℓ1​−1γ−2​)⟶0in probability.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in §4, in attack order:

  • the critical points of the phase fff, (218)–(219);
  • the contour estimates, Lemmas 4.1 and 4.2;
  • the uniform kernel asymptotics, Proposition 4.1;
  • the Hermite-polynomial identities (287), (295), (288) and (292);
  • the closed form (299) of the limiting kernel K2K_2K2​;
  • the Fredholm-determinant representation of GkG_kGk​, Lemma 1.1:
Gk(x)=det⁡(1−Hx(k)),H(k)(u,v)=ck−1ck pk(u)pk−1(v)−pk−1(u)pk(v)u−v e−(u2+v2)/4.G_k(x) = \det\big(1 - \mathbf H^{(k)}_x\big),\qquad H^{(k)}(u,v) = \frac{c_{k-1}}{c_k}\,\frac{p_k(u)p_{k-1}(v) - p_{k-1}(u)p_k(v)}{u-v}\,e^{-(u^2+v^2)/4}.Gk​(x)=det(1−Hx(k)​),H(k)(u,v)=ck​ck−1​​u−vpk​(u)pk−1​(v)−pk−1​(u)pk​(v)​e−(u2+v2)/4.

Here pnp_npn​ are the orthonormal polynomials for the weight e−x2/2e^{-x^2/2}e−x2/2 and cnc_ncn​ their leading coefficients.

Significance

The result. Below the threshold the top eigenvalue sticks to the bulk edge (1+γ−1)2(1+\gamma^{-1})^2(1+γ−1)2. Above it, Theorem 1.1(b) and Corollary 1.1(b) show that λ1\lambda_1λ1​ separates from the bulk to the explicit location ℓ1(1+γ−2/(ℓ1−1))\ell_1(1+\gamma^{-2}/(\ell_1-1))ℓ1​(1+γ−2/(ℓ1​−1)). Its fluctuations shrink from order M−2/3M^{-2/3}M−2/3 to order M−1/2M^{-1/2}M−1/2, and their law is the top eigenvalue of a k×kk\times kk×k GUE, with kkk the multiplicity of the spike. This gives:

  • a detection threshold for spiked signals in high dimension;
  • the centring and scaling of tests based on the top sample eigenvalue;
  • the first instance of a kkk-dependent family of finite-GUE limits in a spiked model.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper and is not open. Nothing in this mission has a machine-checked proof yet. A complete development would include:

  • the first formal statements of the spiked complex Wishart model;
  • the GUE law GkG_kGk​ and its Fredholm representation;
  • a uniform steepest-descent analysis with explicit contours.

The two contour lemmas (4.1, 4.2) and the Hermite identities are elementary and are footholds. Proposition 4.1 and Lemma 1.1 are substantial. The paper does not prove Lemma 1.1 but cites it as a standard result of random matrix theory (its references [28, 41]).

Difficulty

The obvious route is to diagonalise the sample matrix, write down the eigenvalue density and take a limit. That density involves the Harish-Chandra–Itzykson–Zuber integral. Its large-NNN limit is not accessible directly, because the spike enters through a determinant with NNN nearly coincident columns.

The paper instead starts from an exact Fredholm-determinant formula (Proposition 2.1, posed in mission 1 of this series). In it the kernel factors into two contour integrals H\mathcal HH and J\mathcal JJ with phase f(z)=−μ(z−q)+log⁡z−γ−2log⁡(1−z)f(z) = -\mu(z-q) + \log z - \gamma^{-2}\log(1-z)f(z)=−μ(z−q)+logz−γ−2log(1−z). Above the threshold the two factors are governed by different points. J\mathcal JJ has a nondegenerate saddle at π1=ℓ1−1\pi_1 = \ell_1^{-1}π1​=ℓ1−1​. For H\mathcal HH the natural saddle 1/(μπ1)1/(\mu\pi_1)1/(μπ1​) lies beyond the pole at π1\pi_1π1​, so the contour must be deformed through a pole of order kkk, and the leading term is a residue rather than a saddle contribution. The estimates must hold uniformly in γ\gammaγ and in the remaining spikes, and the convergence must be strong enough (Hilbert–Schmidt) to pass to Fredholm determinants.

Formalization scope

Model. Complex Gaussian samples with mean zero and no centring. S=1M∑ky⃗ky⃗k ∗S = \frac1M\sum_k\vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k​y​k​y​k∗​, with the factor 1/M1/M1/M. Σ=U diag(ℓ) U∗\Sigma = U\,\mathrm{diag}(\ell)\,U^*Σ=Udiag(ℓ)U∗ for every unitary UUU. This is the model of the paper's (59), (61) and Proposition 2.1; the introduction's mentions of 1/N1/N1/N, of centring and of the real density (1) are inconsistent with those formulas. λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is the supremum of the eigenvalues of the Hermitian matrix SSS, and probabilities are measures of sets of sample arrays.

Regime. The regime is in sequence form:

  • Nn→∞N_n \to \inftyNn​→∞ and γn=Mn/Nn∈[1,γ0]\gamma_n = \sqrt{M_n/N_n} \in [1,\gamma_0]γn​=Mn​/Nn​​∈[1,γ0​];
  • 1+γn−1+c≤ℓ1=⋯=ℓk≤C1+\gamma_n^{-1}+c \le \ell_1 = \cdots = \ell_k \le C1+γn−1​+c≤ℓ1​=⋯=ℓk​≤C;
  • c≤ℓj≤ℓ1−cc \le \ell_j \le \ell_1 - cc≤ℓj​≤ℓ1​−c for k<j≤rk < j \le rk<j≤r;
  • ℓj=1\ell_j = 1ℓj​=1 for j>rj > rj>r.

The fixed margins c,Cc, Cc,C encode the compact subsets whose open ends move with γ\gammaγ. Convergence is pointwise in xxx.

Analytic conventions.

  • The Fredholm determinant is the Fredholm series ∑n(−1)nn!∫(x,∞)ndet⁡[K(ui,uj)]\sum_n\frac{(-1)^n}{n!}\int_{(x,\infty)^n}\det[K(u_i,u_j)]∑n​n!(−1)n​∫(x,∞)n​det[K(ui​,uj​)].
  • H(k)H^{(k)}H(k) takes its continuous diagonal value.
  • pn=Hen/((2π)1/4n!)p_n = \mathrm{He}_n/((2\pi)^{1/4}\sqrt{n!})pn​=Hen​/((2π)1/4n!​) with Mathlib's probabilists' Hermite polynomials, equal to the paper's (31).
  • The closed contours Γ\GammaΓ, Σ\SigmaΣ in H\mathcal HH, J\mathcal JJ are explicit circles satisfying the paper's constraints.
  • Σ∞\Sigma_\inftyΣ∞​ is the imaginary axis.
  • Residues of a−kφ(a)a^{-k}\varphi(a)a−kφ(a) are Taylor coefficients.

Ruled-out trivialisations. Five shortcuts would make the statements trivial, and none is available:

  • division by zero on the kernel diagonal is replaced by the diagonal value;
  • the Fredholm series is shown to be 111 on the zero kernel, so it is not identically junk;
  • the conditionally convergent real form of contour integrals is not used;
  • Σ\SigmaΣ is not specialised to a diagonal matrix;
  • the regime is shown satisfiable in a sorry-free check.

Infrastructure. The needed infrastructure is the complex Wishart model, eigenvalues of random Hermitian matrices, Fredholm determinants of integral operators, and contour integrals with uniform estimates. The Hermite and Fredholm layers can be reused for any orthogonal-polynomial ensemble. Contributions welcome:

  • proofs of the elementary milestones ((218)–(219), (287), (295), (288), (292), (299), Lemmas 4.1, 4.2);
  • Lemma 1.1 via Christoffel–Darboux and Andréief;
  • the operator-theoretic step from Hilbert–Schmidt convergence of kernels to convergence of Fredholm series.

Selected references

  • J. Baik, G. Ben Arous, S. Péché, Phase transition of the largest eigenvalue for nonnull complex sample covariance matrices, Ann. Probab. 33(5) (2005) 1643–1697. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117905000000233
  • K. Johansson, Shape fluctuations and random matrices, Comm. Math. Phys. 209 (2000) 437–476. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002200050027
  • I. M. Johnstone, On the distribution of the largest eigenvalue in principal components analysis, Ann. Statist. 29 (2001) 295–327. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1009210544
  • J. Baik, J. W. Silverstein, Eigenvalues of large sample covariance matrices of spiked population models, J. Multivariate Anal. 97 (2006) 1382–1408. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmva.2005.08.003
  • Z. Bai, J. Yao, Central limit theorems for eigenvalues in a spiked population model, Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré Probab. Statist. 44 (2008) 447–474. https://doi.org/10.1214/07-AIHP118
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Multiple-Choice Secretary Algorithm with Applications to Online Auctions: The Recursive k-Choice Secretary Algorithm Earns at Least (1 − 5/√k) Times the Sum of the k Largest ValuesResearch Paper

Motivation

The secretary problem asks how well an online decision maker can do when items arrive one at a time in random order and each must be accepted or rejected on the spot. With a single selection, the classical rule (observe a 1/e1/e1/e fraction, then take the first item better than everything seen) selects the best item with probability about 1/e1/e1/e, and no rule does better. Many allocation problems are not single-choice: a seller with kkk identical goods facing bidders who arrive over time, an advertiser with a budget of kkk impressions, an employer with kkk openings. Each asks the multiple-choice secretary problem: how much of the best achievable total can an online rule collect when kkk selections are allowed?

Kleinberg's 2005 SODA paper answered this for the sum objective. It gave a recursive algorithm whose expected total is at least (1−5/k)(1 - 5/\sqrt k)(1−5/k​) times the sum of the kkk largest values, so the ratio tends to 111 as kkk grows, and stated a matching 1−Ω(1/k)1 - \Omega(\sqrt{1/k})1−Ω(1/k​) upper bound for every algorithm, whose proof the extended abstract omits. The motivating application was online auctions: the algorithm becomes a strategyproof mechanism for selling kkk identical items to bidders who arrive and depart over time, extending the single-item online auction of Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Parkes (EC 2004).

Timeline. Dynkin (1963) and the classical literature settle k=1k = 1k=1 with ratio 1/e1/e1/e. Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Parkes (2004) turn the single-item rule into an online auction. Kleinberg (2005) proves 1−O(1/k)1 - O(1/\sqrt k)1−O(1/k​) for kkk selections, with the explicit constant 555. Babaioff, Immorlica, Kempe and Kleinberg (2008) survey the resulting family of generalized secretary problems and their use in online auctions.

Setting

Let SSS be a finite set of nnn distinct non-negative real numbers. The elements of SSS are revealed in a uniformly random order: each of the n!n!n! orders has probability 1/n!1/n!1/n!. After each arrival the algorithm decides, irrevocably and using only the values seen so far, whether to select it. At most k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 elements may be selected. Write TTT for the set of the kkk largest elements of SSS (all of SSS if k>nk > nk>n) and

v=∑x∈Txv = \sum_{x \in T} xv=x∈T∑​x

for their sum, the best total any rule could collect knowing SSS in advance.

Kleinberg's algorithm Ak\mathcal A_kAk​ is defined by recursion on kkk:

  1. If k=1k = 1k=1, use the classical rule: observe the first ⌊n/e⌋\lfloor n/e \rfloor⌊n/e⌋ arrivals, then select the first later arrival that exceeds all earlier ones, if there is one.
  2. If k≥2k \ge 2k≥2, draw mmm from the binomial distribution B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2). Apply Aℓ\mathcal A_\ellAℓ​, with ℓ=⌊k/2⌋\ell = \lfloor k/2 \rfloorℓ=⌊k/2⌋, to the first mmm arrivals. Let y1>y2>⋯>ymy_1 > y_2 > \dots > y_my1​>y2​>⋯>ym​ be those mmm values in decreasing order. After the mmm-th arrival, select every arrival exceeding yℓy_\ellyℓ​, until kkk elements have been selected in total or the sequence ends.

The expected value of the algorithm is taken over the random order and over every binomial draw at every level of the recursion.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

E[∑x selected by Akx]  ≥  (1−5k) vfor every S⊂R≥0 finite and every k≥1.\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{x \text{ selected by } \mathcal A_k} x\Big] \;\ge\; \Big(1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt k}\Big)\, v \qquad \text{for every } S \subset \mathbb R_{\ge 0} \text{ finite and every } k \ge 1.E[x selected by Ak​∑​x]≥(1−k​5​)vfor every S⊂R≥0​ finite and every k≥1.

The statement is uniform in nnn and kkk; it says nothing beyond the explicit constant 555 printed in the paper.

Milestones: the claims of the proof sketch

The paper proves the theorem by induction on kkk. Its sketch introduces YYY, the set of the first mmm arrivals, Z=S∖YZ = S \setminus YZ=S∖Y, the modified value of a set (the sum of its elements lying in TTT), and qqq, the number of elements of ZZZ exceeding yℓy_\ellyℓ​. The milestones are its stated claims, in order:

  1. YYY is uniformly distributed on the 2n2^n2n subsets of SSS.
  2. ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ has the distribution B(k,1/2)B(k, 1/2)B(k,1/2).
  3. Conditional on ∣Y∩T∣=r|Y \cap T| = r∣Y∩T∣=r, the expected modified value of YYY is (r/k)v(r/k)v(r/k)v.
  4. The displayed bound ∑r=1kPr⁡(∣Y∩T∣=r) min⁡(r,ℓ)k v≥(1−12k)v2\sum_{r=1}^{k}\Pr(|Y\cap T| = r)\,\frac{\min(r,\ell)}{k}\,v \ge \big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac v2∑r=1k​Pr(∣Y∩T∣=r)kmin(r,ℓ)​v≥(1−2k​1​)2v​ with ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2.
  5. The top ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2 elements of YYY have expected modified value at least (1−12k)v2\big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac v2(1−2k​1​)2v​.
  6. E ∣q−ℓ∣≤k\mathbb E\,|q - \ell| \le \sqrt kE∣q−ℓ∣≤k​.
  7. The elements the algorithm selects from ZZZ have expected modified value at least (12−1/k)v\big(\frac12 - \sqrt{1/k}\big)v(21​−1/k​)v.
  8. The closing computation (1−5k/2)(1−12k)12+12−1k>1−5k\big(1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt{k/2}}\big)\big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac12 + \frac12 - \sqrt{\frac1k} > 1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt k}(1−k/2​5​)(1−2k​1​)21​+21​−k1​​>1−k​5​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 shows that random arrival order costs only a 1−O(1/k)1 - O(1/\sqrt k)1−O(1/k​) factor when many items are sold, against the constant 1/e1/e1/e for a single item. With the paper's matching upper bound, it pins down the optimal rate for the kkk-choice problem. It is the base of the paper's strategyproof online auction for kkk identical goods and a standard reference point for the later literature on secretary problems with combinatorial constraints and on online allocation in the random-order model.

Formalizing it. The paper is a two-page extended abstract, and the theorem's proof is a sketch: several steps are described as "easy", a stochastic-domination argument is stated without detail, and the behaviour of the algorithm when fewer than ℓ\ellℓ elements have been observed is not specified. A machine-checked proof would supply the complete argument for the explicit constant. The result is proved on paper only in this sketch; no machine-checked proof of it is known.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes m=n/2m = n/2m=n/2 and treats the threshold yℓy_\ellyℓ​ as if it split the remaining elements exactly. Both steps fail. With a fixed mmm, the first mmm arrivals are not a uniform subset of SSS and ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ is hypergeometric, so the clean binomial computations of the sketch are not available; the binomial choice of mmm is what makes YYY uniform. And the number qqq of later elements beyond yℓy_\ellyℓ​ fluctuates by order k\sqrt kk​: the second phase may run out of budget before reaching all of T∩ZT \cap ZT∩Z, or accept elements outside TTT. Controlling this fluctuation, while the cap of kkk also counts the first phase's selections, is the central step. The induction must then combine a recursive guarantee on a random, random-sized prefix with this estimate.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes these conventions.

  • SSS is a Finset ℝ with all elements non-negative; distinctness is automatic. The arrival at time ttt (0-based) under the order π∈Perm(Fin n)\pi \in \mathrm{Perm}(\mathrm{Fin}\, n)π∈Perm(Finn) is the π(t)\pi(t)π(t)-th smallest element of SSS, and expectations over the order use the published uniform average SecretaryWD.DiscUpper.uniformAvg.
  • The algorithm is a PMF over sets of selected positions, defined by well-founded recursion on kkk. The base case is the published SecretaryWD.DiscUpper.classicalSecretary. B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2) is Mathlib's PMF.binomial (1/2). At k=0k = 0k=0 the algorithm selects nothing, for totality only; all statements assume k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  • When the first phase has seen fewer than ℓ\ellℓ arrivals (m<ℓm < \ellm<ℓ), yℓy_\ellyℓ​ is taken to be −∞-\infty−∞: every later arrival is selected until the cap. The page does not specify this case; under the reading "select nothing", the theorem fails when nnn is much smaller than kkk.
  • The cap of kkk counts the selections of both phases. A cap applied to the second phase alone would let the algorithm select up to k+ℓk + \ellk+ℓ elements and is excluded.
  • The goal mentions only the algorithm, the order, SSS, kkk and vvv. It does not mention YYY, ZZZ, qqq or the modified value, which appear only in milestones, so the goal cannot be discharged by assuming any part of the sketch.
  • Three milestone hypotheses are added and disclosed: k≤nk \le nk≤n for milestones 2, 3, 5 and 6 (for n<kn < kn<k the law of ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ is B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2), and milestone 6 fails); kkk even for milestone 5 (the sketch writes ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2; for odd kkk with ℓ=⌊k/2⌋\ell = \lfloor k/2\rfloorℓ=⌊k/2⌋ the bound fails at k=3k = 3k=3). Milestone 4 uses the real number ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2, as printed; with ⌊k/2⌋\lfloor k/2\rfloor⌊k/2⌋ it fails for odd kkk.

A complete development needs: the uniform-subset law of a binomially sized random prefix; conditional expectations over random subsets; tail and absolute-deviation bounds for sums of geometric variables and a stochastic-domination argument; and a careful treatment of the recursion through PMF.bind. The first and third are reusable beyond this mission, for other random-order and sample-based algorithms. Proofs of any milestone, of auxiliary lemmas about the random prefix, and of the goal by a route different from the sketch are all welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Kleinberg, A multiple-choice secretary algorithm with applications to online auctions, Proceedings of the 16th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2005.
  • M. T. Hajiaghayi, R. Kleinberg, D. C. Parkes, Adaptive limited-supply online auctions, Proceedings of the 5th ACM Conference on Electronic Commerce (EC), 2004, pp. 71–80. https://doi.org/10.1145/988772.988784
  • E. B. Dynkin, The optimum choice of the instant for stopping a Markov process, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 4, 1963.
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who solved the secretary problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, D. Kempe, R. Kleinberg, Online auctions and generalized secretary problems, ACM SIGecom Exchanges, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1399589.1399596
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Phase Transition of the Largest Eigenvalue for Nonnull Complex Sample Covariance Matrices 4: The Exponential Last Passage Time Has the Law of the Largest Sample EigenvalueResearch Paper

Motivation

Random growth models and random matrices share limit laws. The first exact instance was found by Johansson (Shape fluctuations and random matrices, Comm. Math. Phys. 2000), who showed that the last passage time of a lattice model with geometric or exponential weights has the law of the largest eigenvalue of a Laguerre (complex Wishart) random matrix. Baik, Ben Arous and Péché (Ann. Probab. 33 (2005)) extended the identity to weights whose rate depends on the row. On the matrix side this is a sample covariance matrix with a general population covariance Σ\SigmaΣ; on the growth side it is a corner growth model, or a series of exponential queues, with inhomogeneous service rates.

The identity is the reason the paper's main result, the phase transition of the largest sample eigenvalue as a few population eigenvalues ("spikes") cross the critical value 1+γ−11 + \gamma^{-1}1+γ−1, is also a theorem about last passage percolation and tandem queues. In the queueing reading, a spike is a slow server, and the phase transition describes how slow a few servers must be before they change the centring and the fluctuation scale of the exit time.

Timeline:

  • 2000, Johansson: equal rates; the geometric and exponential last passage time has the law of the largest Laguerre eigenvalue (his Proposition 1.4 is the case π1=⋯=πN\pi_1 = \cdots = \pi_Nπ1​=⋯=πN​ of (307)).
  • 2001, Baryshnikov and, independently, Gravner, Tracy and Widom: the tandem-queue and GUE-minor descriptions of the same object.
  • 2005, Baik, Ben Arous and Péché: row-dependent rates πi\pi_iπi​ (Proposition 6.1), via the Robinson–Schensted–Knuth (RSK) formula for geometric weights (310) and a scaling limit.

Setting

Last passage time. Attach a real weight X(i,j)X(i,j)X(i,j) to every site of the grid {1,…,N}×{1,…,M}\{1,\ldots,N\}\times\{1,\ldots,M\}{1,…,N}×{1,…,M}. An up/right path from (1,1)(1,1)(1,1) to (N,M)(N,M)(N,M) is a sequence of N+M−1N+M-1N+M−1 sites starting at (1,1)(1,1)(1,1), ending at (N,M)(N,M)(N,M), each step adding (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) or (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). The last passage time is

L(N,M)=max⁡π:(1,1)↗(N,M)∑(i,j)∈πX(i,j).(306)L(N,M) = \max_{\pi:(1,1)\nearrow(N,M)} \sum_{(i,j)\in\pi} X(i,j). \qquad (306)L(N,M)=π:(1,1)↗(N,M)max​(i,j)∈π∑​X(i,j).(306)

Exponential environment. Given positive numbers π1,…,πN\pi_1,\ldots,\pi_Nπ1​,…,πN​, the X(i,j)X(i,j)X(i,j) are independent and X(i,j)X(i,j)X(i,j) is exponential of mean 1/(πiM)1/(\pi_iM)1/(πi​M), i.e. density πiMe−πiMx\pi_iMe^{-\pi_iMx}πi​Me−πi​Mx on x≥0x\ge0x≥0. All MMM sites of row iii share one rate.

Sample covariance matrix. Let gkjg_{kj}gkj​, 1≤k≤M1\le k\le M1≤k≤M, 1≤j≤N1\le j\le N1≤j≤N, be independent standard complex Gaussians (real and imaginary parts independent N(0,1/2)N(0,1/2)N(0,1/2)). For a unitary UUU and ℓj=πj−1\ell_j = \pi_j^{-1}ℓj​=πj−1​ (308), the samples y⃗k=U diag(ℓj) gk\vec y_k = U\,\mathrm{diag}(\sqrt{\ell_j})\,g_ky​k​=Udiag(ℓj​​)gk​ are mean-zero complex Gaussian vectors with covariance Σ=U diag(ℓ) U∗\Sigma = U\,\mathrm{diag}(\ell)\,U^*Σ=Udiag(ℓ)U∗, and

S=1M∑k=1My⃗ky⃗k ∗,λ1=largest eigenvalue of S.S = \frac1M\sum_{k=1}^M \vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}, \qquad \lambda_1 = \text{largest eigenvalue of } S.S=M1​k=1∑M​y​k​y​k∗​,λ1​=largest eigenvalue of S.

Schur functions and geometric weights. For a partition λ\lambdaλ, the Schur function sλ(x)s_\lambda(x)sλ​(x) is the sum over semistandard Young tableaux TTT of shape λ\lambdaλ of ∏cxT(c)\prod_{c}x_{T(c)}∏c​xT(c)​. A geometric variable of parameter q∈[0,1)q\in[0,1)q∈[0,1) has P(Y=k)=(1−q)qk\mathbb P(Y = k) = (1-q)q^kP(Y=k)=(1−q)qk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.1

For 1≤N≤M1\le N\le M1≤N≤M, positive π1,…,πN\pi_1,\ldots,\pi_Nπ1​,…,πN​ and every unitary UUU,

P(L(N,M)≤x)=P(λ1(M,N)≤x)for all x∈R.(309)\mathbb P\big(L(N,M)\le x\big) = \mathbb P\big(\lambda_1(M,N)\le x\big) \qquad \text{for all } x\in\mathbb R. \qquad (309)P(L(N,M)≤x)=P(λ1​(M,N)≤x)for all x∈R.(309)

The two sides are defined independently: one by a maximum over lattice paths of exponential weights, the other by the spectrum of a Gaussian random matrix.

Milestones

  1. The recurrence (313): for every array of weights and every site with a,b≥2a, b\ge2a,b≥2,
L(a,b)=max⁡{L(a−1,b),L(a,b−1)}+X(a,b).L(a,b) = \max\{L(a-1,b), L(a,b-1)\} + X(a,b).L(a,b)=max{L(a−1,b),L(a,b−1)}+X(a,b).
  1. The Cauchy identity (311): ∑λsλ(x)sλ(y)=∏i,j(1−xiyj)−1\sum_\lambda s_\lambda(x)s_\lambda(y) = \prod_{i,j}(1-x_iy_j)^{-1}∑λ​sλ​(x)sλ​(y)=∏i,j​(1−xi​yj​)−1 for xi,yj≥0x_i,y_j\ge0xi​,yj​≥0, xiyj<1x_iy_j<1xi​yj​<1.
  2. The geometric formula (310): for independent geometric weights Y(i,j)Y(i,j)Y(i,j) of parameter xiyjx_iy_jxi​yj​, xi,yj∈[0,1)x_i,y_j\in[0,1)xi​,yj​∈[0,1),
P(G(N,M)≤n)=∏i,j(1−xiyj)∑λ:λ1≤nsλ(x)sλ(y).\mathbb P\big(G(N,M)\le n\big) = \prod_{i,j}(1-x_iy_j)\sum_{\lambda:\lambda_1\le n}s_\lambda(x)s_\lambda(y).P(G(N,M)≤n)=i,j∏​(1−xi​yj​)λ:λ1​≤n∑​sλ​(x)sλ​(y).
  1. The exponential formula (307): for M≥NM\ge NM≥N and distinct πi\pi_iπi​,
P(L(N,M)≤x)=1C∫[0,x]Ndet⁡(e−Mπiξj)V(π)V(ξ)∏jξjM−N dξ.\mathbb P\big(L(N,M)\le x\big) = \frac1C\int_{[0,x]^N}\frac{\det(e^{-M\pi_i\xi_j})}{V(\pi)}V(\xi)\prod_{j}\xi_j^{M-N}\,d\xi.P(L(N,M)≤x)=C1​∫[0,x]N​V(π)det(e−Mπi​ξj​)​V(ξ)j∏​ξjM−N​dξ.

Significance

The proposition makes every distributional statement about λ1\lambda_1λ1​ in the paper a statement about last passage percolation with row-dependent rates: the FkF_kFk​ (generalised Tracy–Widom) fluctuations at the critical spike value, the Gaussian fluctuations above it, and the fixed-dimension limit. Through (312)–(313) it also covers the exit time of MMM customers from NNN exponential servers in series, an operations research object. The geometric formula (310) is the entry point of the RSK method for exactly solvable growth models.

These results are proved in the literature; the paper cites (310) and (311) and derives (307) from them by a limit. None of them is machine-checked as far as this series knows. Formalizing them requires a Lean development of Schur functions, the Cauchy identity and the RSK correspondence on matrices with nonnegative integer entries, and of the Wishart eigenvalue density, each reusable well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The recurrence (313) is elementary. Everything else is not. The geometric formula (310) needs the RSK bijection between nonnegative integer matrices and pairs of semistandard tableaux of the same shape, together with Schensted's theorem that the first row of the shape is the last passage time; neither is in Mathlib. The passage from (310) to (307) is a scaling limit xi=1−Mπi/Lx_i = 1 - M\pi_i/Lxi​=1−Mπi​/L, n=xLn = xLn=xL, L→∞L\to\inftyL→∞, in which a sum over partitions must converge to a multiple integral. The matrix side needs the joint eigenvalue density of a complex Wishart matrix with general Σ\SigmaΣ, which uses the Harish-Chandra–Itzykson–Zuber integral. A direct coupling of the two sides is not known; the identity is an equality of laws, proved by computing both.

Formalization scope

The development lives in the namespace SpikedWishart.LastPassage. Conventions:

  • Sites and indices are 0-based; the paper's (1,1)(1,1)(1,1) and (N,M)(N,M)(N,M) are (0,0)(0,0)(0,0) and (N−1,M−1)(N-1,M-1)(N−1,M−1), and N,M≥1N, M\ge1N,M≥1.
  • LLL is defined as the maximum over paths (306), never by the recurrence (313), so (313) is a genuine statement.
  • The exponential law is Mathlib's expMeasure with rate πiM\pi_iMπi​M.
  • The sample model is mean zero, uncentred, with factor 1/M1/M1/M and E∣g∣2=1\mathbb E|g|^2 = 1E∣g∣2=1; this is the model of (59), (61) and (307), and the page's centring by the sample mean and S=(1/N)XX∗S = (1/N)XX^*S=(1/N)XX∗ are printed slips. The covariance is U diag(π−1)U∗U\,\mathrm{diag}(\pi^{-1})U^*Udiag(π−1)U∗ for every unitary UUU; specialising to diagonal Σ\SigmaΣ would prove a special case.
  • N≤MN\le MN≤M is a disclosed addition to the goal, matching the page's "for M≥NM\ge NM≥N" in (307).
  • Proposition 6.1 prints L(M,N)L(M,N)L(M,N); the object is (306)'s L(N,M)L(N,M)L(N,M).
  • Schur functions are the tableau sum with variables extended by zero. The Cauchy identity is stated with the exponent −1-1−1 that the page omits. In (307) the constant CCC is the integral of the same integrand over (0,∞)N(0,\infty)^N(0,∞)N, and the πi\pi_iπi​ are distinct so that V(π)≠0V(\pi)\ne0V(π)=0; the goal has no distinctness hypothesis.

A formalization in which either side of (309) is defined through the other, or through (307), would be trivial and is excluded: both laws are defined from scratch. Contributions are welcome on RSK and Schur function infrastructure, on the Wishart density, and on the measurability of λ1\lambda_1λ1​.

Selected references

  • J. Baik, G. Ben Arous, S. Péché, Phase transition of the largest eigenvalue for nonnull complex sample covariance matrices, Ann. Probab. 33(5):1643–1697, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117905000000233
  • K. Johansson, Shape fluctuations and random matrices, Comm. Math. Phys. 209:437–476, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002200050027
  • Y. Baryshnikov, GUEs and queues, Probab. Theory Related Fields 119:256–274, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00008760
  • J. Gravner, C. A. Tracy, H. Widom, Limit theorems for height fluctuations in a class of discrete space and time growth models, J. Stat. Phys. 102:1085–1132, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1004879725949
  • R. P. Stanley, Enumerative Combinatorics, Vol. 2, Cambridge University Press, 1999 (the paper's reference [36] for the Cauchy identity). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511609589
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Graphs with a Given Degree Sequence 3: With Probability 1 − C(L)n⁻² the β-Model MLE Exists, Is Unique, and Is Within C(L)√(log n/n) of βResearch Paper

Motivation

Network data often come as a single observed graph, and the simplest summary of a graph is its degree sequence, the list of the numbers of neighbours of its vertices. A statistical model in which the degree sequence is a sufficient statistic is an exponential family on graphs, and the simplest such family is the β-model: each vertex iii carries a parameter βi\beta_iβi​, and edges appear independently with log-odds βi+βj\beta_i+\beta_jβi​+βj​. The model appears in the directed case in Holland and Leinhardt (1981), in the undirected case in Park and Newman (2004) and Blitzstein and Diaconis (2011), and it is a close relative of the Bradley–Terry model for paired comparisons.

Fitting the model means solving the maximum likelihood equations. The difficulty for classical theory is that the number of parameters, nnn, equals the number of vertices: the parameter dimension grows with the sample, and standard consistency arguments for maximum likelihood do not apply. Chatterjee, Diaconis and Sly (2011) prove that, nevertheless, for parameters in a fixed bounded range the maximum likelihood estimate exists, is unique, and estimates every coordinate of β\betaβ uniformly at rate log⁡n/n\sqrt{\log n/n}logn/n​, with probability 1−O(n−2)1-O(n^{-2})1−O(n−2). This mission formalizes that result (Theorem 1.3 of the paper) and the lemmas of §4 on which its proof rests.

Setting

Let n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 and β=(β1,…,βn)∈Rn\beta=(\beta_1,\dots,\beta_n)\in\mathbb R^nβ=(β1​,…,βn​)∈Rn. The β-model Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​ is the law of the random simple graph GGG on vertices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n in which, for each pair i≠ji\ne ji=j, the edge {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j} is present with probability

pij=eβi+βj1+eβi+βj,p_{ij}=\frac{e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}}{1+e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}},pij​=1+eβi​+βj​eβi​+βj​​,

independently of all other edges. Write d1,…,dnd_1,\dots,d_nd1​,…,dn​ for the degrees of GGG. The maximum likelihood equations for an estimate β^∈Rn\hat\beta\in\mathbb R^nβ^​∈Rn are

di=∑j≠ieβ^i+β^j1+eβ^i+β^j,i=1,…,n.(3)d_i=\sum_{j\ne i}\frac{e^{\hat\beta_i+\hat\beta_j}}{1+e^{\hat\beta_i+\hat\beta_j}},\qquad i=1,\dots,n. \tag{3}di​=j=i∑​1+eβ^​i​+β^​j​eβ^​i​+β^​j​​,i=1,…,n.(3)

The sup norm is ∣x∣∞=max⁡i∣xi∣|x|_\infty=\max_i|x_i|∣x∣∞​=maxi​∣xi​∣.

Two further objects enter the proof. D\mathcal DD is the set of degree sequences of simple graphs on nnn vertices and R\mathcal RR the set of expected degree sequences of Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​ as β\betaβ ranges over Rn\mathbb R^nRn. For d∈Rnd\in\mathbb R^nd∈Rn and B⊆{1,…,n}B\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}B⊆{1,…,n} the slack is

g(d,B)=∑j∉Bmin⁡{dj,∣B∣}+∣B∣(∣B∣−1)−∑i∈Bdi,g(d,B)=\sum_{j\notin B}\min\{d_j,|B|\}+|B|(|B|-1)-\sum_{i\in B}d_i,g(d,B)=j∈/B∑​min{dj​,∣B∣}+∣B∣(∣B∣−1)−i∈B∑​di​,

which is nonnegative for every degree sequence of a graph (the Erdős–Gallai inequalities). Finally φ:Rn→Rn\varphi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nφ:Rn→Rn, φi(x)=log⁡di−log⁡∑j≠i(e−xj+exi)−1\varphi_i(x)=\log d_i-\log\sum_{j\ne i}(e^{-x_j}+e^{x_i})^{-1}φi​(x)=logdi​−log∑j=i​(e−xj​+exi​)−1, is the map whose fixed points are the solutions of (3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3

For every L≥0L\ge 0L≥0 there is C(L)>0C(L)>0C(L)>0 such that for every n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 and every β\betaβ with ∣βi∣≤L|\beta_i|\le L∣βi​∣≤L,

Pβ(∃! β^ solving (3),  ∣β^−β∣∞≤C(L)log⁡nn) ≥ 1−C(L) n−2.\mathbb P_\beta\Big(\exists!\,\hat\beta \text{ solving (3)},\ \ |\hat\beta-\beta|_\infty\le C(L)\sqrt{\tfrac{\log n}{n}}\Big)\ \ge\ 1-C(L)\,n^{-2}.Pβ​(∃!β^​ solving (3),  ∣β^​−β∣∞​≤C(L)nlogn​​) ≥ 1−C(L)n−2.

The constant depends only on LLL, and the statement holds for all nnn, small nnn being absorbed into C(L)C(L)C(L).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. The probability formula Pβ(G)=e∑iβidi/∏i<j(1+eβi+βj)\mathbb P_\beta(G)=e^{\sum_i\beta_id_i}/\prod_{i<j}(1+e^{\beta_i+\beta_j})Pβ​(G)=e∑i​βi​di​/∏i<j​(1+eβi​+βj​) (p. 6), with Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​ a probability measure.
  2. Theorem 1.4: conv(D)=R‾\mathrm{conv}(\mathcal D)=\overline{\mathcal R}conv(D)=R.
  3. Lemma 4.1: if d∈R‾d\in\overline{\mathcal R}d∈R, c2(n−1)≤di≤c1(n−1)c_2(n-1)\le d_i\le c_1(n-1)c2​(n−1)≤di​≤c1​(n−1), and g(d,B)≥c3n2g(d,B)\ge c_3n^2g(d,B)≥c3​n2 whenever ∣B∣≥c22n|B|\ge c_2^2n∣B∣≥c22​n, then (3) has a solution with ∣β^∣∞≤c4(c1,c2,c3)|\hat\beta|_\infty\le c_4(c_1,c_2,c_3)∣β^​∣∞​≤c4​(c1​,c2​,c3​).
  4. Lemma 4.2: with probability ≥1−2n−2\ge1-2n^{-2}≥1−2n−2 the observed degrees satisfy c2(n−1)≤di≤c1(n−1)c_2(n-1)\le d_i\le c_1(n-1)c2​(n−1)≤di​≤c1​(n−1) and g(d,B)≥(c3−6log⁡n/n)n2g(d,B)\ge(c_3-\sqrt{6\log n/n})n^2g(d,B)≥(c3​−6logn/n​)n2 for ∣B∣≥cn|B|\ge cn∣B∣≥cn.
  5. Theorem 1.5: uniqueness of the solution of (3) and the a-priori bound ∣x0−β^∣∞≤C∣x0−φ(x0)∣∞|x_0-\hat\beta|_\infty\le C|x_0-\varphi(x_0)|_\infty∣x0​−β^​∣∞​≤C∣x0​−φ(x0​)∣∞​.
  6. The identity (β−φ(β))i=log⁡(dˉi/di)(\beta-\varphi(\beta))_i=\log(\bar d_i/d_i)(β−φ(β))i​=log(dˉi​/di​), with dˉi\bar d_idˉi​ the expected degree of vertex iii (p. 21).

Significance

The theorem is a consistency result in a regime where the number of parameters is as large as the number of nodes, and it comes with a uniform rate: every vertex parameter is recovered to accuracy O(log⁡n/n)O(\sqrt{\log n/n})O(logn/n​) simultaneously, from one graph. Existence of the MLE is itself not automatic (it fails, for instance, whenever the observed graph has an isolated vertex), so the theorem also says that the estimator is defined with high probability. The paper uses the same machinery for its graph-limit results on uniform random graphs with a given degree sequence (missions 4–5 of this series), and the β-model is the base case of a large family of exponential random graph models used in network analysis.

The result is proved in the paper; this mission produces the machine-checked version. None of the statements here is formalized on the platform or in Mathlib. Theorems 1.4 and 1.5 are the goals of missions 2 and 1 of this series and are restated here; a proof there transfers directly.

Difficulty

Standard maximum likelihood asymptotics fix the parameter dimension and let the sample size grow; here both grow together, and the ratio of squared dimension to number of observations, n2/(n2)n^2/\binom n2n2/(2n​), stays bounded, so the usual heuristic for when asymptotics apply is borderline at best. The likelihood is concave, but concavity alone gives neither existence of a maximizer (the supremum may be approached at βi=±∞\beta_i=\pm\inftyβi​=±∞) nor a bound on its size that is uniform in nnn. The central step, Lemma 4.1, is a deterministic bound on ∣β^∣∞|\hat\beta|_\infty∣β^​∣∞​ that does not depend on nnn; it requires control of how the coordinates of β^\hat\betaβ^​ can spread out, expressed through a quantitative Erdős–Gallai margin. A coordinatewise argument cannot give it, because each equation of (3) involves all coordinates.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n, graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n) with the discrete σ-algebra, and Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​ is the finite sum of point masses with the independent-edge weights ∏i<jpij1[ij∈G](1−pij)1[ij∉G]\prod_{i<j}p_{ij}^{\mathbf 1[ij\in G]}(1-p_{ij})^{\mathbf 1[ij\notin G]}∏i<j​pij1[ij∈G]​(1−pij​)1[ij∈/G]; vectors are Fin n → ℝ with Mathlib's sup norm. Probabilities are values of this measure in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], compared with max⁡(0,1−Cn−2)\max(0,1-Cn^{-2})max(0,1−Cn−2). Expected degrees are integrals against Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​; R\mathcal RR is not defined as the range of the right-hand side of (3), since that identification is part of the content of Theorem 1.4.

Every "constant depending only on …" is a quantifier placed before nnn: in Theorem 1.3, CCC depends on LLL only; in Lemma 4.1, c4c_4c4​ is a function of (c1,c2,c3)(c_1,c_2,c_3)(c1​,c2​,c3​) alone, bounded on compact subsets of its domain, as §4 defines the phrase; in Lemma 4.2, (C,c1,c2)(C,c_1,c_2)(C,c1​,c2​) on LLL and c3c_3c3​ on (L,c)(L,c)(L,c). Choosing CCC after nnn and β\betaβ would make Theorem 1.3 trivial, since 1−Cn−2<01-Cn^{-2}<01−Cn−2<0 for large CCC; this formalization rules that out. The paper's L:=max⁡i∣βi∣L:=\max_i|\beta_i|L:=maxi​∣βi​∣ is the hypothesis ∣βi∣≤L|\beta_i|\le L∣βi​∣≤L, and the paper's 1n2inf⁡B{⋯ }≥c3\frac1{n^2}\inf_{B}\{\cdots\}\ge c_3n21​infB​{⋯}≥c3​ is the bound g(d,B)≥c3n2g(d,B)\ge c_3n^2g(d,B)≥c3​n2 for every admissible BBB (a finite nonempty family). The phrase "there exists a unique solution β^\hat\betaβ^​ … that satisfies [the bound]" is read as: a solution exists, it is unique, and it satisfies the bound. Lemma 4.1 assumes d∈R‾d\in\overline{\mathcal R}d∈R, not d∈Rd\in\mathcal Rd∈R (for d∈Rd\in\mathcal Rd∈R existence would be immediate). Theorem 1.5 is stated, as in mission 1, for n≥3n\ge3n≥3 and di>0d_i>0di​>0.

A complete development needs: the β-model as a measure and its exponential-family formula; Hoeffding's inequality for sums of independent non-identical indicators transported to Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​ (Mathlib has Hoeffding for independent bounded variables); compactness in Rn\mathbb R^nRn; and the results of missions 1 and 2. The β-model measure and the Erdős–Gallai slack are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the transfer between the independent-edge and the product-space descriptions of Pβ\mathbb P_\betaPβ​, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Chatterjee, P. Diaconis, A. Sly, Random graphs with a given degree sequence, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21(4), 1400–1435, 2011. arXiv:1005.1136v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.1136 — https://doi.org/10.1214/10-AAP728
  • P. W. Holland, S. Leinhardt, An exponential family of probability distributions for directed graphs, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 76, 33–50, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1981.10477598
  • J. Park, M. E. J. Newman, Statistical mechanics of networks, Phys. Rev. E 70, 066117, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/cond-mat/0405566
  • J. Blitzstein, P. Diaconis, A sequential importance sampling algorithm for generating random graphs with prescribed degrees, Internet Math. 6(4), 489–522, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427951.2010.557277
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58, 13–30, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

An Optimal Variance Estimate in Stochastic Homogenization of Discrete Elliptic Equations: Scale-L Averages of the Approximate-Corrector Energy Density Have Variance ≲ L^−d, Times (ln T)^q if d = 2Research Paper

Motivation

A random conductance model puts a random conductivity on every edge of the lattice Zd\mathbb Z^dZd. It is the simplest discrete model of diffusion in a heterogeneous medium, and its generator is the generator of a random walk in a random environment. Classical stochastic homogenization shows that on large scales the random operator behaves like a constant-coefficient elliptic operator whose homogenized coefficient AhomA_{\mathrm{hom}}Ahom​ is deterministic. The characterization of AhomA_{\mathrm{hom}}Ahom​, however, involves an equation on the whole lattice for every realization of the coefficients. In practice one computes a spatial average over a box of size LLL of the energy density of an approximate corrector, as in Gloria and Otto (arXiv:1104.1291, §1). The random part of the error of this procedure is a variance. Its size as a function of LLL determines how large a computational box must be.

Timeline:

  • 1979–1981: Kozlov (MR542557) and Papanicolaou–Varadhan (MR712714) prove qualitative homogenization for continuum elliptic equations with random coefficients.
  • 1983: Künnemann (MR714611) proves the discrete version, the diffusion limit of reversible jump processes on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd with ergodic bond conductivities. It provides the corrector and the approximate corrector used here.
  • 1986: Yurinskii (MR867870) gives the first quantitative rates, far from optimal.
  • 1998: Naddaf and Spencer (preprint, Estimates on the variance of some homogenization problems) introduce the spectral-gap approach and obtain optimal variance bounds under a small-contrast assumption on the conductivities.
  • 2011: Gloria and Otto (DOI 10.1214/10-AOP571) prove the optimal variance estimate without any small-contrast assumption, with a logarithmic loss in d=2d = 2d=2. This mission formalizes that estimate.

Setting

Fix d≥2d \ge 2d≥2 and 0<α≤β0 < \alpha \le \beta0<α≤β. Sites are x∈Zdx \in \mathbb Z^dx∈Zd and e1,…,ede_1,\dots,e_de1​,…,ed​ is the canonical basis. An edge [z,z+ei][z, z+e_i][z,z+ei​] carries a conductivity a(z,i)∈[α,β]a(z,i) \in [\alpha,\beta]a(z,i)∈[α,β]; such a field aaa belongs to the class Aαβ\mathcal A_{\alpha\beta}Aαβ​. The discrete gradients are ∇iu(x)=u(x+ei)−u(x)\nabla_i u(x) = u(x+e_i) - u(x)∇i​u(x)=u(x+ei​)−u(x) and ∇i∗u(x)=u(x)−u(x−ei)\nabla^*_i u(x) = u(x) - u(x-e_i)∇i∗​u(x)=u(x)−u(x−ei​), and A(x)=diag[a(x,1),…,a(x,d)]A(x) = \mathrm{diag}[a(x,1),\dots,a(x,d)]A(x)=diag[a(x,1),…,a(x,d)].

The conductivities are i.i.d.: they are distributed according to the product ν⊗E\nu^{\otimes E}ν⊗E over all edges of one probability law ν\nuν on [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β]. No density is assumed, so atomic laws are allowed. ⟨⋅⟩\langle\cdot\rangle⟨⋅⟩ is the expectation and var⁡\operatorname{var}var the variance.

For a direction ξ∈Rd\xi \in \mathbb R^dξ∈Rd with ∣ξ∣=1|\xi| = 1∣ξ∣=1 and a cut-off T>0T > 0T>0, the approximate corrector ϕT\phi_TϕT​ solves

T−1ϕT(x)−∇∗⋅A(x)(∇ϕT(x)+ξ)=0(x∈Zd).T^{-1}\phi_T(x) - \nabla^*\cdot A(x)\big(\nabla\phi_T(x) + \xi\big) = 0 \qquad (x \in \mathbb Z^d).T−1ϕT​(x)−∇∗⋅A(x)(∇ϕT​(x)+ξ)=0(x∈Zd).

The zero-order term introduces the length scale T\sqrt TT​. The Green's function GT(x,y;a)G_T(x,y;a)GT​(x,y;a) is the ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 solution of (T−1−∇∗⋅A∇)GT(⋅,y)=δy(T^{-1} - \nabla^*\cdot A\nabla)G_T(\cdot,y) = \delta_y(T−1−∇∗⋅A∇)GT​(⋅,y)=δy​ in weak form.

A mask ηL:Zd→[0,1]\eta_L : \mathbb Z^d \to [0,1]ηL​:Zd→[0,1] is supported in the box (−L,L)d(-L,L)^d(−L,L)d, sums to 111 and satisfies ∣∇ηL∣≤CηL−d−1|\nabla\eta_L| \le C_\eta L^{-d-1}∣∇ηL​∣≤Cη​L−d−1. The averaged energy density is

ξ⋅AL,Tξ=∑x∈Zd(T−1ϕT(x)2+(∇ϕT(x)+ξ)⋅A(x)(∇ϕT(x)+ξ))ηL(x).\xi\cdot A_{L,T}\xi = \sum_{x\in\mathbb Z^d}\Big(T^{-1}\phi_T(x)^2 + \big(\nabla\phi_T(x)+\xi\big)\cdot A(x)\big(\nabla\phi_T(x)+\xi\big)\Big)\eta_L(x).ξ⋅AL,T​ξ=x∈Zd∑​(T−1ϕT​(x)2+(∇ϕT​(x)+ξ)⋅A(x)(∇ϕT​(x)+ξ))ηL​(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1, estimate (2.5)

There are an exponent q>0q > 0q>0 and a threshold T0T_0T0​, depending only on d,α,βd, \alpha, \betad,α,β, and for each mask constant CηC_\etaCη​ a constant CCC, such that for every law ν\nuν on [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β], every unit ξ\xiξ, every T≥T0T \ge T_0T≥T0​, every L>0L > 0L>0 and every mask ηL\eta_LηL​:

var⁡[ξ⋅AL,Tξ]≤{C L−2(ln⁡T)q,d=2,C L−d,d>2.\operatorname{var}[\xi\cdot A_{L,T}\xi] \le \begin{cases} C\,L^{-2}(\ln T)^q, & d = 2,\\ C\,L^{-d}, & d > 2.\end{cases}var[ξ⋅AL,T​ξ]≤{CL−2(lnT)q,CL−d,​d=2,d>2.​

The statement fixes the shape of the bound, not the value of qqq or CCC, which is why it is the goal.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  • well-posedness: the Green's function (Definition 2.7) and the approximate corrector (Lemma 2.2, pathwise form);
  • the variance estimate Lemma 2.3 for functions of countably many i.i.d. variables;
  • deterministic Green's-function bounds: Lemma 2.8 (BMO and decay on dyadic annuli), Lemma 2.9 (Meyers-type higher integrability), Corollaries 2.2 and 2.3;
  • susceptibility formulas: Lemmas 2.4 and 2.5, which give ∂ϕT/∂a(e)\partial\phi_T/\partial a(e)∂ϕT​/∂a(e) and ∂GT/∂a(e)\partial G_T/\partial a(e)∂GT​/∂a(e);
  • measurability: Lemma 2.6;
  • a Caccioppoli inequality in probability: Lemma 2.7;
  • a convolution estimate: Lemma 2.10;
  • moment bounds: Proposition 2.1, which gives ⟨∣ϕT(0)∣q⟩≲1\langle|\phi_T(0)|^q\rangle \lesssim 1⟨∣ϕT​(0)∣q⟩≲1 for d>2d > 2d>2 and ≲(ln⁡T)γ(q)\lesssim(\ln T)^{\gamma(q)}≲(lnT)γ(q) for d=2d = 2d=2;
  • the two steps of §3.2: the derivative formula (3.17) and its uniform bound (3.22).

Significance

The result. The estimate says that smooth averages of the energy density fluctuate as if the density were independent from site to site, at the rate L−d/2L^{-d/2}L−d/2. That rate is the best possible, since the coefficients themselves are independent. In the error analysis of approximations of AhomA_{\mathrm{hom}}Ahom​, this controls the random error and separates it from the systematic error caused by the cut-off TTT. Proposition 2.1, a byproduct, shows that the approximate corrector has all moments bounded uniformly in TTT when d>2d > 2d>2, which yields a stationary corrector (Corollary 2.1 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 2011, and no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof would combine three components that are reusable well beyond this paper:

  • a variance inequality for functions of countably many independent variables, in the infinite product measure;
  • quantitative regularity of discrete elliptic Green's functions, uniform in the coefficients;
  • the sensitivity calculus of solutions with respect to a single coefficient.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails because the energy density is not independent from site to site: the corrector couples all conductivities through the inverse of a random elliptic operator. Bounding the variance needs the sensitivity of ξ⋅AL,Tξ\xi\cdot A_{L,T}\xiξ⋅AL,T​ξ to each single conductivity, and that sensitivity is expressed through gradients of the Green's function. Pointwise bounds on ∇GT\nabla G_T∇GT​ that are uniform in the coefficients do not exist: the continuum counterpart fails, by examples from quasi-conformal mappings. Only averaged decay on dyadic annuli and a small gain of integrability are available, which is why the proof needs the moment bounds of Proposition 2.1. In d=2d = 2d=2 the Green's function does not decay, so only BMO-type control is available, and a logarithm of TTT is lost.

Formalization scope

Statements follow the arXiv v1 reprint (arXiv:1104.1291v1) of the Annals of Probability article; theorem and page numbers refer to it.

  • The lattice is Fin d → ℤ. An edge [z,z+ei][z,z+e_i][z,z+ei​] is the pair (z, i), and a coefficient field is a real function on edges; the theorems assume it takes values in [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β].
  • The i.i.d. law is Measure.infinitePi of one probability measure ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR with ν([α,β]c)=0\nu([\alpha,\beta]^c) = 0ν([α,β]c)=0.
  • ϕT\phi_TϕT​ is the unique bounded solution of (2.3) and GT(⋅,y)G_T(\cdot,y)GT​(⋅,y) the unique ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 solution of (2.11). The definitions file explains why the bounded solution is the paper's stationary ϕT\phi_TϕT​.
  • Norms are Euclidean. The mask's gradient bound is componentwise with an explicit constant CηC_\etaCη​.
  • Every ≲\lesssim≲ becomes an explicit constant chosen before the law, the coefficients and the spatial variables, and every ≫1\gg 1≫1 becomes an explicit threshold.
  • Variances, lower integrals and infinite sums that could otherwise default to 000 are either taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] or come with square-integrability in the conclusion.

Ruling out a trivial formalization. If the constant CCC were allowed to depend on the law ν\nuν or on the mask, the goal would follow from the boundedness of the energy average alone. If the variance were taken of a function that is not square-integrable, it would be 000 by convention. The goal fixes CCC before ν\nuν and ηL\eta_LηL​ and requires square-integrability as part of the conclusion.

Not formalized:

  • the last sentence of Theorem 2.1, the variance estimate for the corrector ϕ\phiϕ itself when d>2d > 2d>2. It needs the stationary corrector of Lemma 2.1, whose existence is quoted from Künnemann;
  • Lemma 2.8 (ii);
  • the stochastic part of Lemma 2.2 (stationarity and zero mean of ϕT\phi_TϕT​), which follows from the pathwise statement as explained in the definitions file.

Welcome contributions are proofs of any milestone and reusable infrastructure: infinite-product variance inequalities, discrete integration by parts, and discrete maximum principles.

Selected references

  • A. Gloria, F. Otto, An optimal variance estimate in stochastic homogenization of discrete elliptic equations, Ann. Probab. 39(3) (2011) 779–856. arXiv:1104.1291, DOI 10.1214/10-AOP571
  • R. Künnemann, The diffusion limit for reversible jump processes on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd with ergodic random bond conductivities, Comm. Math. Phys. 90 (1983) 27–68. MR714611
  • S. M. Kozlov, The averaging of random operators, Mat. Sb. 109(151) (1979) 188–202. MR542557
  • G. C. Papanicolaou, S. R. S. Varadhan, Boundary value problems with rapidly oscillating random coefficients, Colloq. Math. Soc. János Bolyai 27 (1981) 835–873. MR712714
  • V. V. Yurinskii, Averaging of symmetric diffusion in a random medium, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 27 (1986) 167–180. MR867870
  • N. G. Meyers, An LpL^pLp estimate for the gradient of solutions of second order elliptic divergence equations, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 17 (1963) 189–206. MR0159110
17 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Random Graphs with a Given Degree Sequence 5: Uniform Random Graphs with Degree Scaling Limit f in the Interior Converge a.s. to the Graph Limit e^{g(x)+g(y)}/(1+e^{g(x)+g(y)})Research Paper

Motivation

A standard way to build a random network with a prescribed degree sequence is to choose a graph uniformly at random from the set of all simple graphs with that degree sequence. The model arises in testing whether the exponential family with the degree sequence as sufficient statistic fits network data, in simulating networks with given degrees, and, for constant degrees, as the random regular graph (Blitzstein–Diaconis, Chatterjee–Diaconis–Sly). Quantities such as the expected number of triangles of such a graph are usually estimated by simulation.

For dense graphs, those whose number of edges is of order n2n^2n2, the Lovász–Szegedy theory of graph limits (Lovász–Szegedy 2006) describes a large graph by a symmetric function W:[0,1]2→[0,1]W:[0,1]^2\to[0,1]W:[0,1]2→[0,1]. Chatterjee, Diaconis and Sly identify this limit for uniformly random graphs with a given degree sequence. The answer is the limit of the β-model, a random graph with independent edges whose edge probabilities are eβi+βj/(1+eβi+βj)e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}/(1+e^{\beta_i+\beta_j})eβi​+βj​/(1+eβi​+βj​). The limit gives exact asymptotic formulas for subgraph counts without simulation.

Setting

Graphs and densities. For a finite simple graph HHH on [k]={1,…,k}[k]=\{1,\dots,k\}[k]={1,…,k} and a simple graph GGG on nnn vertices, the homomorphism density is

t(H,G)=∣hom⁡(H,G)∣nk,t(H,G)=\frac{|\hom(H,G)|}{n^k},t(H,G)=nk∣hom(H,G)∣​,

where hom⁡(H,G)\hom(H,G)hom(H,G) is the set of edge-preserving maps V(H)→V(G)V(H)\to V(G)V(H)→V(G). For W:[0,1]2→RW:[0,1]^2\to\mathbb RW:[0,1]2→R,

t(H,W)=∫[0,1]k∏{i,j}∈E(H)W(xi,xj) dx1⋯dxk,t(H,W)=\int_{[0,1]^k}\prod_{\{i,j\}\in E(H)}W(x_i,x_j)\,dx_1\cdots dx_k,t(H,W)=∫[0,1]k​{i,j}∈E(H)∏​W(xi​,xj​)dx1​⋯dxk​,

with one factor per edge. Graphs GnG_nGn​ on nnn vertices converge to the limit represented by WWW if t(H,Gn)→t(H,W)t(H,G_n)\to t(H,W)t(H,Gn​)→t(H,W) for every finite simple graph HHH.

Degree sequences and scaling limits. For each nnn let dn=(d1n≥⋯≥dnn)d^n=(d^n_1\ge\dots\ge d^n_n)dn=(d1n​≥⋯≥dnn​) be the degree sequence of some simple graph on nnn vertices. The sequence {dn}\{d^n\}{dn} has scaling limit fff, a nonincreasing function on [0,1][0,1][0,1], if

∣d1nn−f(0)∣+∣dnnn−f(1)∣+1n∑i=1n∣dinn−f ⁣(in)∣⟶0.\left|\frac{d^n_1}{n}-f(0)\right|+\left|\frac{d^n_n}{n}-f(1)\right|+\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\left|\frac{d^n_i}{n}-f\!\left(\frac in\right)\right|\longrightarrow0 .​nd1n​​−f(0)​+​ndnn​​−f(1)​+n1​i=1∑n​​ndin​​−f(ni​)​⟶0.

D′[0,1]D'[0,1]D′[0,1] is the set of nonincreasing functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1] that are left continuous on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). It carries the modified L1L^1L1 norm ∥f∥1′=∣f(0)∣+∣f(1)∣+∫01∣f∣\|f\|_{1'}=|f(0)|+|f(1)|+\int_0^1|f|∥f∥1′​=∣f(0)∣+∣f(1)∣+∫01​∣f∣. F⊆D′[0,1]\mathcal F\subseteq D'[0,1]F⊆D′[0,1] is the set of all scaling limits of degree sequences.

The random graphs. GnG_nGn​ is chosen uniformly from the simple graphs on {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n} with degree sequence dnd^ndn. In a random graph with independent edges each pair {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j} is an edge with probability pijp_{ij}pij​, independently of the other pairs. The β-model PβP_\betaPβ​ is the case pij=eβi+βj/(1+eβi+βj)p_{ij}=e^{\beta_i+\beta_j}/(1+e^{\beta_i+\beta_j})pij​=eβi​+βj​/(1+eβi​+βj​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1 (pp. 4–5)

If fff lies in the interior of F\mathcal FF for ∥⋅∥1′\|\cdot\|_{1'}∥⋅∥1′​, there is a function g∈D′[0,1]g\in D'[0,1]g∈D′[0,1], unique on [0,1][0,1][0,1], such that

W(x,y)=eg(x)+g(y)1+eg(x)+g(y)satisfiesf(x)=∫01W(x,y) dy  for all x∈[0,1],W(x,y)=\frac{e^{g(x)+g(y)}}{1+e^{g(x)+g(y)}}\quad\text{satisfies}\quad f(x)=\int_0^1W(x,y)\,dy\ \ \text{for all }x\in[0,1],W(x,y)=1+eg(x)+g(y)eg(x)+g(y)​satisfiesf(x)=∫01​W(x,y)dy  for all x∈[0,1],

and almost surely t(H,Gn)→t(H,W)t(H,G_n)\to t(H,W)t(H,Gn​)→t(H,W) for every finite simple graph HHH.

Milestones (in the order the proof uses them)

  • Lemma 2.2 (p. 14): the fixed-point map φ\varphiφ of the β-model likelihood equations satisfies ∣φ(x)−φ(y)∣1≤2e2K∣x−y∣1|\varphi(x)-\varphi(y)|_1\le2e^{2K}|x-y|_1∣φ(x)−φ(y)∣1​≤2e2K∣x−y∣1​ when ∣x∣∞,∣y∣∞≤K|x|_\infty,|y|_\infty\le K∣x∣∞​,∣y∣∞​≤K.
  • §6.2, p. 30: for nonincreasing ddd, the Erdős–Gallai slack E(B)\mathcal E(B)E(B) over sets of size kkk is minimized at {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k}.
  • Lemma 6.1 (p. 26): for independent-edge random graphs, P(∣t(H,G)−Et(H,G)∣>ε)≤2e−Cε2n2\mathbb P(|t(H,G)-\mathbb E t(H,G)|>\varepsilon)\le2e^{-C\varepsilon^2n^2}P(∣t(H,G)−Et(H,G)∣>ε)≤2e−Cε2n2 with C=C(H)C=C(H)C=C(H).
  • Claim 6.3 (p. 27): integer margins close to the row and column sums of a matrix with entries in [δ,1−δ][\delta,1-\delta][δ,1−δ] are realized by a 0–1 contingency table.
  • Lemma 6.2 (p. 26): if δ≤pij≤1−δ\delta\le p_{ij}\le1-\deltaδ≤pij​≤1−δ and di=∑j≠ipijd_i=\sum_{j\ne i}p_{ij}di​=∑j=i​pij​, the independent-edge graph has degree sequence ddd with probability at least 12δ n3/2+ε\tfrac12\delta^{\,n^{3/2+\varepsilon}}21​δn3/2+ε for large nnn.
  • p. 34: conditioned on its degree sequence being ddd, the β-model graph is uniform on graphs with degree sequence ddd.

The proof also uses three results posed in sibling missions of this series: Proposition 1.2 (mission 4, the interior of F\mathcal FF), Lemma 4.1 (mission 3, existence and boundedness of the MLE) and Theorem 1.5 (mission 1, geometric convergence of the iteration x↦φ(x)x\mapsto\varphi(x)x↦φ(x)). They are not restated here.

Significance

The theorem turns questions about a uniformly random graph with given degrees, a law with no independence, into questions about an explicit graphon. Every subgraph density, the limiting degree distribution, and every graph parameter continuous for the graph-limit topology of the uniform model is computed from WWW. The function ggg solves a continuum version of the β-model maximum-likelihood equations, which connects the combinatorial model with exponential-family statistics.

The result is proved in the paper, which is published in the Annals of Applied Probability (2011). To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a Lean development of dense graph limits (homomorphism densities, graphon densities, graph-limit convergence), none of which exists in Mathlib. It also requires a bounded-differences concentration inequality, and a transfer argument from independent-edge models to models conditioned on degrees. Each of these is reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The uniform measure on graphs with a fixed degree sequence has no independence, so concentration inequalities do not apply to it directly. The obvious route is to condition an independent-edge model on its degree sequence. This works only if the probability of the conditioning event is larger than the concentration bound, which is e−cn2e^{-cn^2}e−cn2. A crude lower bound of δ(n2)\delta^{\binom n2}δ(2n​) is too small. Lemma 6.2 supplies δn3/2+ε\delta^{n^{3/2+\varepsilon}}δn3/2+ε, and it needs a combinatorial completion step (Claim 6.3).

The second difficulty is analytic. The maximum-likelihood parameters βn\beta^nβn for different nnn live in different dimensions. One must show that their step-function profiles converge in L1L^1L1 to a limit ggg and that this ggg solves the continuum equation at every point of [0,1][0,1][0,1], not only almost everywhere. Several steps of the paper's argument are only sketched. Among them are the almost-sure convergence of the β-model graphs to WWW and the estimate fn(x)=d⌈nx⌉n/n+O(1/n)f_n(x)=d^n_{\lceil nx\rceil}/n+O(1/n)fn​(x)=d⌈nx⌉n​/n+O(1/n) (pp. 33–34).

Formalization scope

  • Vertices are Fin n (the paper's vertex iii is i−1i-1i−1), graphs are SimpleGraph (Fin n), and a test graph HHH is a SimpleGraph (Fin k), which loses nothing because densities are invariant under relabelling.
  • Functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1] are ℝ → ℝ, and only their values on [0,1][0,1][0,1] matter. Uniqueness of ggg is equality on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • t(H,W)t(H,W)t(H,W) takes one factor per unordered edge, and the integral is the Lebesgue integral over [0,1]k[0,1]^k[0,1]k.
  • Laws on graphs are finite sums of Dirac masses. The σ-algebra on SimpleGraph (Fin n) is discrete.
  • The interior of F\mathcal FF is taken in D′[0,1]D'[0,1]D′[0,1] for ∥⋅∥1′\|\cdot\|_{1'}∥⋅∥1′​, as the ball form "every h∈D′[0,1]h\in D'[0,1]h∈D′[0,1] with ∥h−f∥1′<ε\|h-f\|_{1'}<\varepsilon∥h−f∥1′​<ε lies in F\mathcal FF".
  • The paper does not say how the GnG_nGn​ for different nnn are coupled. The goal quantifies over every probability space and every family of measurable GnG_nGn​ with the uniform marginals, so the almost-sure convergence holds for every joint law. The almost-sure event contains "for every HHH".
  • Lemma 6.2's printed bound 12exp⁡(−log⁡(δ)n3/2+ε)\tfrac12\exp(-\log(\delta)n^{3/2+\varepsilon})21​exp(−log(δ)n3/2+ε) exceeds 111. The milestone states the intended bound 12exp⁡(log⁡(δ)n3/2+ε)\tfrac12\exp(\log(\delta)n^{3/2+\varepsilon})21​exp(log(δ)n3/2+ε), with NNN depending only on (δ,ε)(\delta,\varepsilon)(δ,ε).
  • Constants are explicit quantifiers. In Lemma 6.1, C>0C>0C>0 is chosen from HHH before nnn, ppp and ε\varepsilonε.

A formalization that replaces almost-sure convergence by convergence in expectation or in probability, that fixes a single coupling, or that asserts the existence of ggg only almost everywhere states a weaker theorem and does not close this mission.

Welcome contributions include a general graph-limit library (densities, convergence, the counting lemma), McDiarmid's bounded-differences inequality for finitely many independent Bernoulli variables, the Gale–Ryser theorem in the form needed by Claim 6.3, and proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • S. Chatterjee, P. Diaconis, A. Sly, Random graphs with a given degree sequence, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21(4), 1400–1435, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.1136v5
  • L. Lovász, B. Szegedy, Limits of dense graph sequences, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 96, 933–957, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctb.2006.05.002
  • C. Borgs, J. Chayes, L. Lovász, V. Sós, K. Vesztergombi, Convergent sequences of dense graphs I, Adv. Math. 219, 1801–1851, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aim.2008.07.008
  • J. Blitzstein, P. Diaconis, A sequential importance sampling algorithm for generating random graphs with prescribed degrees, Internet Math. 6(4), 489–522, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427951.2010.557277
14 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Phase Transition of the Largest Eigenvalue for Nonnull Complex Sample Covariance Matrices 1: Spikes at or below 1+γ⁻¹ Give M^{2/3} Fluctuations of the Largest Eigenvalue with Limit F_kResearch Paper

Motivation

Sample covariance matrices are the basic object of multivariate statistics: principal component analysis, factor models and signal detection all start from the eigenvalues of S=1M∑k=1My⃗ky⃗k ∗S=\frac1M\sum_{k=1}^M\vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k=1M​y​k​y​k∗​ built from MMM observations of NNN variables. When NNN is comparable to MMM, the largest eigenvalue λ1\lambda_1λ1​ of SSS is no longer a consistent estimate of the largest population eigenvalue, and the question of when a "spike" in the population covariance is visible in λ1\lambda_1λ1​ becomes a question about the law of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ at large M,NM,NM,N.

Timeline.

  • 2000–2001: for null covariance Σ=I\Sigma=IΣ=I, Johansson (complex samples, arXiv:math/9903134) and Johnstone (real samples, doi:10.1214/aos/1009210544) showed that λ1\lambda_1λ1​, centred at (1+γ−1)2(1+\gamma^{-1})^2(1+γ−1)2 and scaled by M2/3M^{2/3}M2/3, converges to a Tracy–Widom law.
  • 2003: Péché (reference [31] of the 2005 paper) showed that finitely many population eigenvalues below 222 (at M=NM=NM=N) leave this limit unchanged.
  • 2005: Baik, Ben Arous and Péché (doi:10.1214/009117905000000233), for complex Gaussian samples, located the threshold exactly at 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1 and identified the limit laws on both sides and at the threshold. This transition is now called the BBP phase transition.

This mission formalizes the critical and subcritical side of that transition, Theorem 1.1(a) of the 2005 paper.

Setting

Let g=a+ibg=a+ibg=a+ib with a,ba,ba,b independent real normal variables of mean 000 and variance 1/21/21/2: a standard complex Gaussian. Let G=(gkj)G=(g_{kj})G=(gkj​), 1≤k≤M1\le k\le M1≤k≤M, 1≤j≤N1\le j\le N1≤j≤N, be i.i.d. standard complex Gaussians. Fix an N×NN\times NN×N unitary matrix UUU and positive reals ℓ1,…,ℓN\ell_1,\dots,\ell_Nℓ1​,…,ℓN​, the population eigenvalues, and put Σ=U diag(ℓ) U∗\Sigma=U\,\mathrm{diag}(\ell)\,U^*Σ=Udiag(ℓ)U∗. The samples are y⃗k=U diag(ℓj) g⃗k\vec y_k=U\,\mathrm{diag}(\sqrt{\ell_j})\,\vec g_ky​k​=Udiag(ℓj​​)g​k​, mean-zero complex Gaussian vectors with covariance Σ\SigmaΣ. The sample covariance matrix is S=1M∑ky⃗ky⃗k ∗S=\frac1M\sum_k\vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k​y​k​y​k∗​ and λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is its largest eigenvalue. Write γ=M/N≥1\gamma=\sqrt{M/N}\ge1γ=M/N​≥1.

The limit laws are built from the Airy function Ai(u)=12π∫eiua+ia3/3 da\mathrm{Ai}(u)=\frac1{2\pi}\int e^{iua+ia^3/3}\,daAi(u)=2π1​∫eiua+ia3/3da, integrated along a contour from ∞e5iπ/6\infty e^{5i\pi/6}∞e5iπ/6 to ∞eiπ/6\infty e^{i\pi/6}∞eiπ/6, and the Airy kernel

A(u,v)=∫0∞Ai(u+z) Ai(z+v) dz.A(u,v)=\int_0^\infty\mathrm{Ai}(u+z)\,\mathrm{Ai}(z+v)\,dz .A(u,v)=∫0∞​Ai(u+z)Ai(z+v)dz.

For m≥1m\ge1m≥1, s(m)(u)=12π∫eiua+ia3/3(ia)−m das^{(m)}(u)=\frac1{2\pi}\int e^{iua+ia^3/3}(ia)^{-m}\,das(m)(u)=2π1​∫eiua+ia3/3(ia)−mda (with the pole a=0a=0a=0 above the contour) and t(m)(v)=12π∫eiva+ia3/3(−ia)m−1 dat^{(m)}(v)=\frac1{2\pi}\int e^{iva+ia^3/3}(-ia)^{m-1}\,dat(m)(v)=2π1​∫eiva+ia3/3(−ia)m−1da. The Fredholm determinant of a kernel KKK on L2((x,∞))L^2((x,\infty))L2((x,∞)) is its Fredholm series

det⁡(1−K)=∑n≥0(−1)nn!∫(x,∞)ndet⁡[K(ui,uj)]i,j=1n du,\det(1-K)=\sum_{n\ge0}\frac{(-1)^n}{n!}\int_{(x,\infty)^n}\det[K(u_i,u_j)]_{i,j=1}^n\,du ,det(1−K)=n≥0∑​n!(−1)n​∫(x,∞)n​det[K(ui​,uj​)]i,j=1n​du,

and

Fk(x)=det⁡(1−A−∑m=1ks(m)⊗t(m))L2((x,∞)).F_k(x)=\det\Big(1-A-\sum_{m=1}^k s^{(m)}\otimes t^{(m)}\Big)_{L^2((x,\infty))}.Fk​(x)=det(1−A−m=1∑k​s(m)⊗t(m))L2((x,∞))​.

F0F_0F0​ is the GUE Tracy–Widom distribution and F1=FGOE2F_1=F_{\rm GOE}^2F1​=FGOE2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1(a)

Fix integers 0≤k≤r0\le k\le r0≤k≤r. Let M,N→∞M,N\to\inftyM,N→∞ with γ∈[1,γ0]\gamma\in[1,\gamma_0]γ∈[1,γ0​], and suppose ℓr+1=⋯=ℓN=1\ell_{r+1}=\dots=\ell_N=1ℓr+1​=⋯=ℓN​=1, ℓ1=⋯=ℓk=1+γ−1\ell_1=\dots=\ell_k=1+\gamma^{-1}ℓ1​=⋯=ℓk​=1+γ−1 and ℓk+1,…,ℓr\ell_{k+1},\dots,\ell_rℓk+1​,…,ℓr​ stay in a compact subset of (0,1+γ−1)(0,1+\gamma^{-1})(0,1+γ−1). Then for every real xxx,

P((λ1−(1+γ−1)2)γ(1+γ)4/3M2/3≤x)→Fk(x).\mathbb P\Big(\big(\lambda_1-(1+\gamma^{-1})^2\big)\frac{\gamma}{(1+\gamma)^{4/3}}M^{2/3}\le x\Big)\to F_k(x).P((λ1​−(1+γ−1)2)(1+γ)4/3γ​M2/3≤x)→Fk​(x).

The goal leaves UUU arbitrary and allows γ\gammaγ to vary inside [1,γ0][1,\gamma_0][1,γ0​] along the sequence. A companion item states Corollary 1.1(a): λ1−(1+γ−1)2→0\lambda_1-(1+\gamma^{-1})^2\to0λ1​−(1+γ−1)2→0 in probability.

Milestones

  1. The Airy equation and the identity of the two forms (11), (12) of the Airy kernel.
  2. Lemma 3.3: FkF_kFk​ is well defined, and s(m)s^{(m)}s(m) has the closed form (203).
  3. The eigenvalue density (61) and Andréief's identity (65).
  4. Hankel's formula (75).
  5. Proposition 2.1: the exact identity P(λ1≤ξ)=det⁡(1−KM,N)L2((ξ,∞))\mathbb P(\lambda_1\le\xi)=\det(1-K_{M,N})_{L^2((\xi,\infty))}P(λ1​≤ξ)=det(1−KM,N​)L2((ξ,∞))​ for a double contour integral kernel.
  6. The double critical point (109), (111) of the phase function f(z)=−μ(z−q)+log⁡z−γ−2log⁡(1−z)f(z)=-\mu(z-q)+\log z-\gamma^{-2}\log(1-z)f(z)=−μ(z−q)+logz−γ−2log(1−z).
  7. The descent Lemmas 3.1 and 3.2 along explicit contour pieces.
  8. Proposition 3.1: convergence of the rescaled contour integrals H,J\mathcal H,\mathcal JH,J at rate M−1/3M^{-1/3}M−1/3 with exponential tails.
  9. The kernel identity (200).

Significance

Theorem 1.1(a) shows that 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1 is the exact threshold. Spikes strictly below it do not change the Tracy–Widom limit of λ1\lambda_1λ1​. kkk spikes exactly at it produce a new family of limit laws FkF_kFk​ on the same M2/3M^{2/3}M2/3 scale. Together with part (b), where λ1\lambda_1λ1​ separates and fluctuates on the scale M−1/2M^{-1/2}M−1/2, it gives the first complete description of the transition. It is the reference point for spiked-model results on detection limits in PCA, for the real case (Bloemendal–Virág, Mo) and for finite-rank perturbations of Wigner matrices (Péché, Féral–Péché).

The paper's proof is complete and has been in the literature since 2005. No part of it is machine-checked. The mission produces:

  • a formal statement of the theorem;
  • formal definitions of the Airy function by its contour integral, of the Airy kernel and of Fredholm determinants as Fredholm series;
  • the exact finite-NNN determinantal formula of Proposition 2.1;
  • the uniform steepest-descent estimates;
  • formal statements of the classical identities used along the way (Andréief, Hankel).

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compute the law of λ1\lambda_1λ1​ from the eigenvalue density, which is explicit (61). It fails because the density is an NNN-fold integral whose integrand is a signed determinant, so no direct limit exists. The paper converts it into a Fredholm determinant of a double contour integral kernel. Two steps then carry the difficulty.

First, the steepest-descent analysis. With kkk spikes at 1+γ−11+\gamma^{-1}1+γ−1, the poles of the integrand sit exactly at the double critical point pc=γ/(γ+1)p_c=\gamma/(\gamma+1)pc​=γ/(γ+1) of the phase function. The contour cannot pass through the critical point and must enclose these poles, so it has to be routed at distance of order M−1/3M^{-1/3}M−1/3 to the left of pcp_cpc​. All estimates must be uniform in γ\gammaγ and in the remaining spikes.

Second, the passage from kernel convergence to convergence of Fredholm determinants. It needs bounds strong enough to control every term of the Fredholm series, which is what the exponential tails in Proposition 3.1 provide. The functions s(m)s^{(m)}s(m) grow polynomially, so even the finiteness of FkF_kFk​ (Lemma 3.3) needs an argument.

Formalization scope

Lean encoding:

  • Samples are mean-zero with E y⃗y⃗ ∗=Σ\mathbb E\,\vec y\vec y^{\,*}=\SigmaEy​y​∗=Σ, S=1M∑ky⃗ky⃗k ∗S=\frac1M\sum_k\vec y_k\vec y_k^{\,*}S=M1​∑k​y​k​y​k∗​, and there is no centring by the sample mean. This is the model of the paper's (59) and Proposition 2.1. The printed text on p. 1645 differs in three slips.
  • Σ=U diag(ℓ) U∗\Sigma=U\,\mathrm{diag}(\ell)\,U^*Σ=Udiag(ℓ)U∗ ranges over every unitary UUU.
  • λ1\lambda_1λ1​ is the largest eigenvalue of the Hermitian matrix SSS.
  • The asymptotic regime is written with sequences Mn,NnM_n,N_nMn​,Nn​, Nn→∞N_n\to\inftyNn​→∞ and γn∈[1,γ0]\gamma_n\in[1,\gamma_0]γn​∈[1,γ0​]. "In a compact subset of (0,1+γ−1)(0,1+\gamma^{-1})(0,1+γ−1)" is read with a fixed margin ccc: c≤ℓj≤1+γn−1−cc\le\ell_j\le1+\gamma_n^{-1}-cc≤ℓj​≤1+γn−1​−c.
  • Indices are 000-based.
  • Exponents 2/32/32/3, 4/34/34/3, 1/31/31/3 are real powers of positive reals.
  • FkF_kFk​ is defined as the Fredholm series of the kernel A+∑ms(m)⊗t(m)A+\sum_m s^{(m)}\otimes t^{(m)}A+∑m​s(m)⊗t(m), the paper's (201). The paper proves that this equals its Definition 1.1.
  • Contour integrals are Bochner integrals along two-ray broken lines, where the integrands decay like e−t3/3e^{-t^3/3}e−t3/3. Closed contours are circles with real centres.

Trivializing formalizations ruled out:

  • The Airy kernel is defined by (12), never by the divided difference (11), whose diagonal would be the junk value 000.
  • Ai is never written as the real integral 1π∫0∞cos⁡(t3/3+ut) dt\frac1\pi\int_0^\infty\cos(t^3/3+ut)\,dtπ1​∫0∞​cos(t3/3+ut)dt, which is not Lebesgue integrable and would be 000.
  • A non-summable Fredholm series would be 000, so summability is a milestone.
  • The goal quantifies over every unitary UUU and every admissible sequence, so it does not specialize Σ\SigmaΣ. Its hypotheses are satisfiable, for example by Mn=NnM_n=N_nMn​=Nn​, ℓ≡1\ell\equiv1ℓ≡1, r=k=0r=k=0r=k=0.

Infrastructure needed and reusable:

  • the Airy function and its decay;
  • trace-class or Hadamard-bound control of Fredholm series;
  • the complex Wishart eigenvalue density, which needs the Harish-Chandra–Itzykson–Zuber integral;
  • Andréief's identity;
  • steepest-descent estimates for contour integrals.

The Fredholm-determinant layer and the Airy function are reusable in any Tracy–Widom result. Andréief's identity and Hankel's formula are reusable well beyond random matrices.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and lemmas that bound Fredholm series by Hadamard's inequality.

Selected references

  • J. Baik, G. Ben Arous, S. Péché, Phase transition of the largest eigenvalue for nonnull complex sample covariance matrices, Ann. Probab. 33(5) (2005), 1643–1697. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117905000000233
  • K. Johansson, Shape fluctuations and random matrices, Comm. Math. Phys. 209 (2000), 437–476. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/9903134
  • I. M. Johnstone, On the distribution of the largest eigenvalue in principal components analysis, Ann. Statist. 29 (2001), 295–327. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1009210544
  • C. A. Tracy, H. Widom, Level-spacing distributions and the Airy kernel, Comm. Math. Phys. 159 (1994), 151–174. https://arxiv.org/abs/hep-th/9211141
  • C. Andréief, Note sur une relation entre les intégrales définies des produits des fonctions, Mém. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Bordeaux 2 (1883), 1–14.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? 4: The Advantage of Single Sourcing with Improvement over Dual Sourcing Increases in Supplier Cost HeterogeneityResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that buy from unreliable suppliers have two broad ways to protect themselves against supply disruptions: dual sourcing, which splits the order between two suppliers so that a shortfall at one is cushioned by the other, and process improvement, which invests in a supplier's operations so that it fails less often. Wang, Gilland and Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? (M&SOM 12(3):489–510, 2010), compare the two in a single-period model in which the uncertainty is in the supplier's capacity, not in a proportional yield.

Real supply bases are rarely symmetric. Suppliers differ in cost, reliability and capacity because of their history or location, and the paper (p. 501) cites evidence that global sourcing has widened those differences. This mission formalizes the paper's analytical answer to one question this raises: as two otherwise identical suppliers drift apart in unit cost, which strategy gains? The paper's answer (Theorem 7, p. 502) is that the advantage of single sourcing with improvement over dual sourcing grows with the cost gap.

Setting

A firm sells one product over one season with unit revenue rrr, salvage value vvv and penalty ppp per unit of unmet demand; demand X≥0X \ge 0X≥0 has a known law with finite mean. Supplier i∈{1,2}i \in \{1, 2\}i∈{1,2} has unit cost cic_ici​, committed-cost fraction ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i \in [0, 1]ηi​∈[0,1] and design capacity Ki>0K_i > 0Ki​>0. Its realized capacity loss ξi≥0\xi_i \ge 0ξi​≥0 has a continuous distribution Gi(⋅,ai)G_i(\cdot, a_i)Gi​(⋅,ai​) indexed by a reliability index aia_iai​; a larger index means a stochastically smaller loss: a≤a′a \le a'a≤a′ implies Gi(t,a)≤Gi(t,a′)G_i(t, a) \le G_i(t, a')Gi​(t,a)≤Gi​(t,a′) for all ttt. Losses are independent of each other and of demand.

An order qi≥0q_i \ge 0qi​≥0 delivers yi=min⁡{qi,(Ki−ξi)+}y_i = \min\{q_i, (K_i - \xi_i)^+\}yi​=min{qi​,(Ki​−ξi​)+} and costs (ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci(\eta_i q_i + (1 - \eta_i) y_i) c_i(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​. The realized profit is

π(q)=−∑i(ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci+rmin⁡{x,∑iyi}+v(∑iyi−x)+−p(x−∑iyi)+,\pi(q) = -\sum_i (\eta_i q_i + (1-\eta_i) y_i) c_i + r\min\Big\{x, \sum_i y_i\Big\} + v\Big(\sum_i y_i - x\Big)^+ - p\Big(x - \sum_i y_i\Big)^+,π(q)=−i∑​(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​+rmin{x,i∑​yi​}+v(i∑​yi​−x)+−p(x−i∑​yi​)+,

the second-stage expected profit is Π2(q;a)=E[π(q)]\Pi_2(q; a) = \mathbb E[\pi(q)]Π2​(q;a)=E[π(q)], and Π2∗(a)=sup⁡q≥0Π2(q;a)\Pi_2^*(a) = \sup_{q \ge 0}\Pi_2(q; a)Π2∗​(a)=supq≥0​Π2​(q;a).

  • Dual sourcing (DS) orders from both suppliers at their initial indices: ΠDS∗=Π2∗(a10,a20)\Pi^*_{DS} = \Pi_2^*(a_1^0, a_2^0)ΠDS∗​=Π2∗​(a10​,a20​).
  • Single sourcing with improvement (SSI) commits to one supplier iii, spends mizi(a)m_i z_i(a)mi​zi​(a) to try to raise its index to a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​ (success probability θi\theta_iθi​), and orders only from it. With Π2∗(ai)\Pi_2^*(a_i)Π2∗​(ai​) the single-supplier optimal value, its profit is Π1(ai)=−mizi(ai)+θiΠ2∗(ai)+(1−θi)Π2∗(ai0)\Pi_1(a_i) = -m_i z_i(a_i) + \theta_i \Pi_2^*(a_i) + (1-\theta_i)\Pi_2^*(a_i^0)Π1​(ai​)=−mi​zi​(ai​)+θi​Π2∗​(ai​)+(1−θi​)Π2∗​(ai0​) (Eq. (7)), and ΠSSI∗=max⁡isup⁡a≥ai0Π1(a)\Pi^*_{SSI} = \max_i \sup_{a \ge a_i^0} \Pi_1(a)ΠSSI∗​=maxi​supa≥ai0​​Π1​(a).
  • Heterogeneity. For suppliers identical except in cost, c1=c−Δcc_1 = c - \Delta_cc1​=c−Δc​ and c2=c+Δcc_2 = c + \Delta_cc2​=c+Δc​ with 0≤Δc<c0 \le \Delta_c < c0≤Δc​<c; Δc\Delta_cΔc​ is the cost heterogeneity parameter. The committed-cost parameter Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ is defined in the same way.

In Lean these objects are MitigateSupplyRisk.Heterogeneity.Model (with Pi2, Pi2star, PiDS, Pi1single, PiSSI, Pi1) and SymData (with costModel Δ and etaModel Δ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 502)

For suppliers identical except in unit cost,

Δc↦ΠSSI∗(Δc)−ΠDS∗(Δc)is nondecreasing on [0,c).\Delta_c \mapsto \Pi^*_{SSI}(\Delta_c) - \Pi^*_{DS}(\Delta_c) \quad\text{is nondecreasing on } [0, c).Δc​↦ΠSSI∗​(Δc​)−ΠDS∗​(Δc​)is nondecreasing on [0,c).

The statement fixes no parameter values and no particular distribution; it asserts only the direction of the effect.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 6(a) (p. 501): ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ is nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ on [0,c)[0, c)[0,c) and in Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ on [0,min⁡{η,1−η}][0, \min\{\eta, 1-\eta\}][0,min{η,1−η}].
  2. Theorem 6(b) (p. 501): ΠDS∗\Pi^*_{DS}ΠDS∗​ is nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ and in Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ on the same ranges.
  3. Lemma 5 (p. 504): the combined-strategy profit Π1(a)\Pi_1(a)Π1​(a) of Eq. (5), which improves one or both suppliers before dual sourcing, is submodular on [a10,∞)×[a20,∞)[a_1^0, \infty) \times [a_2^0, \infty)[a10​,∞)×[a20​,∞):
Π1(a∨b)+Π1(a∧b)≤Π1(a)+Π1(b).\Pi_1(a \vee b) + \Pi_1(a \wedge b) \le \Pi_1(a) + \Pi_1(b).Π1​(a∨b)+Π1​(a∧b)≤Π1​(a)+Π1​(b).

Significance

Theorem 7 turns a strategy comparison into a comparative-statics statement: once SSI is preferred at some cost gap, it stays preferred at every larger gap, so the preference switches at most once along a cost-heterogeneity path. Theorem 6 shows separately that both strategies benefit from heterogeneity, which is immediate for a single-sourcing strategy but not for dual sourcing, where one supplier improves and the other deteriorates. Lemma 5 is the structural fact the paper uses for the combined strategy: improvement efforts at the two suppliers are substitutes.

The results are proved in the paper's online appendix, which this formalization does not use. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply reusable pieces: an expected-profit model for random capacity with integrable profits, envelope and convexity arguments for suprema of affine families, and monotone comparative statics for single- and dual-supplier newsvendor problems.

Difficulty

ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ and ΠDS∗\Pi^*_{DS}ΠDS∗​ are both nondecreasing in Δc\Delta_cΔc​ (Theorem 6), so the goal compares the growth rates of two optimal values. Neither has a closed form. Both are suprema of families affine in Δc\Delta_cΔc​, so they are convex but may have kinks, and an optimal improvement level need not exist when the index set [a0,∞)[a^0, \infty)[a0,∞) is unbounded. The comparison concerns orders at different cost levels and under different strategies, so it needs a link between the dual-sourcing order from the cheaper supplier and the single-sourcing order and its response to improvement. Evaluating each side at a fixed optimizer does not give it, because the two optimizers move with Δc\Delta_cΔc​. For Lemma 5, submodularity of Π2(q;a)\Pi_2(q; a)Π2​(q;a) in aaa for each fixed qqq does not pass to the supremum over qqq by itself.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Suppliers are indexed by Fin 2. Each Gi(⋅,a)G_i(\cdot, a)Gi​(⋅,a) is the cdf of a measure ν i a on ℝ. Expectations are Bochner integrals against the product of the two loss laws and the demand law. The integrand is bounded by a constant times 1+∣x∣1 + |x|1+∣x∣, so the integrals are genuine.
  • Optimal values. Optimal values are real suprema over q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 and a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​. Under the standing assumptions every such set is nonempty and bounded above by (r+∣v∣)(K1+K2)(r + |v|)(K_1 + K_2)(r+∣v∣)(K1​+K2​), so no supremum takes Lean's default value. ΠSSI∗\Pi^*_{SSI}ΠSSI∗​ is the early-commitment value and maximizes over the choice of supplier; it does not fix supplier 1.
  • Standing assumptions (fields of Model.Standing and SymData.Standing):
    • the demand is a probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞) with finite mean;
    • each loss law is a continuous probability law on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), stochastically decreasing in the index;
    • ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i \in [0, 1]ηi​∈[0,1], Ki>0K_i > 0Ki​>0, θi∈[0,1]\theta_i \in [0, 1]θi​∈[0,1], mi≥0m_i \ge 0mi​≥0;
    • ziz_izi​ is convex and nondecreasing on [ai0,∞)[a_i^0, \infty)[ai0​,∞) with zi(ai0)=0z_i(a_i^0) = 0zi​(ai0​)=0.
  • Disclosed readings.
    • r≥0r \ge 0r≥0, p≥0p \ge 0p≥0 and ci≥0c_i \ge 0ci​≥0 (c>0c > 0c>0 in the heterogeneity statements, so that c1>0c_1 > 0c1​>0) are the paper's readings of revenue, penalty and cost.
    • v<r+pv < r + pv<r+p is implicit in the paper's Eq. (2), which divides by r+p−vr + p - vr+p−v.
    • The effort function zi(a)z_i(a)zi​(a) is taken as the primitive, as on p. 493. This presumes that every index a≥ai0a \ge a_i^0a≥ai0​ is reachable.
    • Δη\Delta_\etaΔη​ ranges over [0,min⁡{η,1−η}][0, \min\{\eta, 1-\eta\}][0,min{η,1−η}], the reading of "analogously" (p. 501) that keeps both committed costs in [0,1][0, 1][0,1].
  • Weak monotonicity. "Increasing" is weak (p. 492) and is stated as MonotoneOn.
  • Corrections. No printed slip is corrected in this mission.
  • Not formalized. Theorem 7 is stated without η=0\eta = 0η=0 and without concavity of GGG in aaa, as on the page. The ΔK\Delta_KΔK​ and Δa\Delta_aΔa​ clauses of Theorem 6 are not formalized, because the paper does not pin down how the improvement function depends on an initial index that differs between suppliers. Theorem 8 is also left out.
  • Non-trivialization. Both values are recomputed as optimal values of the model at every Δc\Delta_cΔc​. Defining them by a formula, fixing an optimizer at Δc=0\Delta_c = 0Δc​=0, or hard-coding supplier 1 as the single source would trivialize the goal, and none of these is done.

Contributions are welcome at every level: integrability and boundedness lemmas for Π2\Pi_2Π2​, convexity of the optimal values in Δ\DeltaΔ, the symmetry argument behind Theorem 6(b), and monotone comparative statics of single-supplier orders in the reliability index.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, W. Gilland, B. Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 12(3):489–510, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279
  • J. Hazra, B. Mahadevan, Impact of supply base heterogeneity in electronic markets, European Journal of Operational Research 174(3):1580–1594, 2006 (cited on p. 501 of the paper for the growth of supply-base heterogeneity).
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Robust Gradient Sampling Algorithm for Nonsmooth, Nonconvex Optimization: With Fixed Sampling Radius ε, Gradient Sampling Almost Surely Stops at or Clusters at a Clarke ε-Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many objective functions in engineering and statistics are nonsmooth and nonconvex: the spectral abscissa of a parametrized matrix, the largest eigenvalue of a symmetric matrix function, the H∞H_\inftyH∞​ norm of a closed-loop system, or a maximum of finitely many smooth functions. Such functions are typically differentiable almost everywhere, yet their minimizers usually sit exactly where the gradient fails to exist. Gradient descent then zig-zags or stalls, and bundle methods, which are designed for convex functions, lose their guarantees.

Burke, Lewis and Overton (SIAM J. Optim. 15 (2005) 751–779) proposed the gradient sampling (GS) algorithm: at each iterate, sample gradients at random nearby points, take the element of least norm in their convex hull, and search along its negative. The method needs nothing beyond gradients at points of differentiability, and it has since become a standard tool for nonsmooth, nonconvex minimization (Burke, Curtis, Lewis, Overton, Simões, 2020). This mission formalizes the paper's convergence theory.

Timeline. Goldstein (1977) introduced the ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential of a Lipschitz function and a conceptual descent method built on it. Clarke's generalized gradient (Clarke 1983) supplied the stationarity notion. Burke, Lewis and Overton (2005) made Goldstein's idea implementable by random sampling and proved almost-sure convergence to Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary points for a fixed sampling radius. Kiwiel (2007) revisited the analysis and proved convergence for a modified version of the algorithm.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be locally Lipschitz, and let D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be an open dense set on which fff is continuously differentiable. Write B\mathbb BB for the closed Euclidean unit ball, and fix x~\tilde xx~ such that the level set L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)}\mathcal L=\{x: f(x)\le f(\tilde x)\}L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)} is compact.

The Clarke subdifferential ∂ˉf(x)\bar\partial f(x)∂ˉf(x) is the convex hull of all limits lim⁡i∇f(x+hi)\lim_i\nabla f(x+h_i)limi​∇f(x+hi​) with hi→0h_i\to0hi​→0 and fff differentiable at each x+hix+h_ix+hi​. For ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 define

Gϵ(x)=cl⁡conv⁡∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ(x)=dist⁡(0∣Gϵ(x)),G_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\nabla f\big((x+\epsilon\mathbb B)\cap D\big),\qquad \rho_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{dist}\big(0\mid G_\epsilon(x)\big),Gϵ​(x)=clconv∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ​(x)=dist(0∣Gϵ​(x)),

and the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential ∂ˉϵf(x)=cl⁡conv⁡⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ∂ˉf(y)\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{\|y-x\|\le\epsilon}\bar\partial f(y)∂ˉϵ​f(x)=clconv⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ​∂ˉf(y). A point is Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary if 0∈∂ˉϵf(x)0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)0∈∂ˉϵ​f(x), and Clarke stationary if 0∈∂ˉf(x)0\in\bar\partial f(x)0∈∂ˉf(x).

The GS algorithm. Fix x0∈L∩Dx^0\in\mathcal L\cap Dx0∈L∩D, γ,β∈(0,1)\gamma,\beta\in(0,1)γ,β∈(0,1), ϵ0>0\epsilon_0>0ϵ0​>0, ν0≥0\nu_0\ge0ν0​≥0, μ∈(0,1]\mu\in(0,1]μ∈(0,1], θ∈(0,1]\theta\in(0,1]θ∈(0,1] and a sample size m≥n+1m\ge n+1m≥n+1. At iteration kkk:

  1. Draw uk1,…,ukmu^{k1},\dots,u^{km}uk1,…,ukm independently and uniformly from B\mathbb BB and set xkj=xk+ϵkukjx^{kj}=x^k+\epsilon_k u^{kj}xkj=xk+ϵk​ukj. If some xkj∉Dx^{kj}\notin Dxkj∈/D, stop. Otherwise let Gk=conv⁡{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}G_k=\operatorname{conv}\{\nabla f(x^k),\nabla f(x^{k1}),\dots,\nabla f(x^{km})\}Gk​=conv{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}.
  2. Let gkg^kgk be the least-norm element of GkG_kGk​. If νk=∥gk∥=0\nu_k=\|g^k\|=0νk​=∥gk∥=0, stop. If ∥gk∥≤νk\|g^k\|\le\nu_k∥gk∥≤νk​, set tk=0t_k=0tk​=0, νk+1=θνk\nu_{k+1}=\theta\nu_kνk+1​=θνk​, ϵk+1=μϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\mu\epsilon_kϵk+1​=μϵk​ and go to step 4. Otherwise keep νk+1=νk\nu_{k+1}=\nu_kνk+1​=νk​, ϵk+1=ϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\epsilon_kϵk+1​=ϵk​ and set dk=−gk/∥gk∥d^k=-g^k/\|g^k\|dk=−gk/∥gk∥.
  3. Let tkt_ktk​ be the largest γs\gamma^sγs, s∈{0,1,2,… }s\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}s∈{0,1,2,…}, with f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥f(x^k+\gamma^s d^k)<f(x^k)-\beta\gamma^s\|g^k\|f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥.
  4. If xk+tkdk∈Dx^k+t_kd^k\in Dxk+tk​dk∈D, set xk+1=xk+tkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=xk+tk​dk. Otherwise pick any x^k∈xk+ϵkB\hat x^k\in x^k+\epsilon_k\mathbb Bx^k∈xk+ϵk​B with x^k+tkdk∈D\hat x^k+t_kd^k\in Dx^k+tk​dk∈D and f(x^k+tkdk)<f(xk)−βtk∥gk∥f(\hat x^k+t_kd^k)<f(x^k)-\beta t_k\|g^k\|f(x^k+tk​dk)<f(xk)−βtk​∥gk∥, and set xk+1=x^k+tkdkx^{k+1}=\hat x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=x^k+tk​dk.

With ν0=0\nu_0=0ν0​=0 and μ=1\mu=1μ=1 the radius stays fixed, ϵk=ϵ0=ϵ\epsilon_k=\epsilon_0=\epsilonϵk​=ϵ0​=ϵ: this is fixed-radius mode.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (p. 760)

In fixed-radius mode, with probability 111, either the algorithm stops at some iteration k0k_0k0​ with ρϵ(xk0)=0\rho_\epsilon(x^{k_0})=0ρϵ​(xk0​)=0, or it runs forever and there is a subsequence JJJ with

ρϵ(xk)→k∈J0,0∈∂ˉϵf(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J.\rho_\epsilon(x^k)\xrightarrow[k\in J]{}0,\qquad 0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(\bar x)\ \text{ for every cluster point }\bar x\text{ of }\{x^k\}_{k\in J}.ρϵ​(xk)k∈J​0,0∈∂ˉϵ​f(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J​.

The theorem asserts nothing about ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ along JJJ; the authors list ∥gk∥→J0\|g^k\|\to_J0∥gk∥→J​0 as an open question.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument: the minimax characterization of the search direction (Lemma 2.1), the line-search descent estimate and the descent property of the iterates (§2), the almost-sure absence of a Step 1 stop, upper semicontinuity of ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ and the uniform covering of Lemma 3.2(iv)–(v), Lebourg's mean value theorem (Theorem 3.3), the representation ∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)=\bigcap_{\epsilon>0}G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0​Gϵ​(x), the estimate of Lemma 3.1, the inclusion Gϵ(x)⊆∂ˉϵf(x)G_\epsilon(x)\subseteq\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)Gϵ​(x)⊆∂ˉϵ​f(x), and the closed graph of ∂ˉϵf\bar\partial_\epsilon f∂ˉϵ​f.

Companions

Well-posedness of the algorithm (every sample realization admits a run), Corollary 3.5(1) (the C1C^1C1 case: ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0), Corollary 3.6 (Clarke ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​-stationary points with ϵj↓0\epsilon_j\downarrow0ϵj​↓0 cluster at Clarke stationary points, and with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL the sets CjC_jCj​ converge to it in the Hausdorff sense), Corollary 3.7 (with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL, small ϵ\epsilonϵ forces the run near it), and Theorem 3.8 (the variable-radius mode with ν0>0\nu_0>0ν0​>0).

Significance

Theorem 3.4 is the first convergence guarantee for a practical method on general locally Lipschitz, nonconvex functions that uses only gradients at points of differentiability. It holds for a fixed sampling radius, the setting where most of the work is, and Corollaries 3.6–3.7 and Theorem 3.8 transfer it to radii decreasing to zero, which is how the method is used in practice. Later gradient sampling variants and their analyses start from these results.

The results are proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of them is known. A formalization would make the probabilistic structure precise, which the paper leaves informal (see Formalization scope), and would certify the hypotheses under which the theorem holds. Already the statements record two such corrections.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) decreases and L\mathcal LL is compact, so the steps tk∥gk∥t_k\|g^k\|tk​∥gk∥ tend to zero, hence ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0", fails: tkt_ktk​ can go to zero while ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ stays bounded away from zero. The difficulty is to show that, on the event inf⁡kρϵ(xk)>0\inf_k\rho_\epsilon(x^k)>0infk​ρϵ​(xk)>0, the random samples land infinitely often in a configuration whose sampled hull nearly realizes ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ at a fixed nearby point, uniformly over a compact set of iterates, and that the failed trial step at such an iteration contradicts the Armijo rule. The iterates depend on all past samples, so independence across iterations cannot be used directly.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient, the Clarke subdifferential is the published ClarkeGradients.Shared.generalizedGradient, and dist⁡(0∣C)\operatorname{dist}(0\mid C)dist(0∣C) is Metric.infDist 0 C. Local Lipschitz continuity is Mathlib's LocallyLipschitz; continuous differentiability on DDD is ContDiffOn ℝ 1 f D.
  • A run is a predicate IsGSRun on the iterates, radii, tolerances, step lengths, least-norm vectors, directions and a stopping index τ∈N∪{∞}\tau\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}τ∈N∪{∞}, imposing Steps 0–4 up to τ\tauτ. "max⁡γs\max\gamma^smaxγs" is the least admissible sss, and the Armijo and (2) inequalities are strict.
  • A random run (IsRandomGSRun) lives on a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​): the samples are uniform on B\mathbb BB, independent within an iteration, and independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, while xk,ϵk,νkx^k,\epsilon_k,\nu_kxk,ϵk​,νk​ are Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable. The Step 4 choice may use the past and extra randomness but never future samples. "With probability 1" is ∀ᵐ. The paper's event E\mathcal EE, the realizations that hit every positive-measure subset of Bm\mathbb B^mBm infinitely often, is not used, because no sequence has that property.
  • Added hypothesis vol⁡(Dc)=0\operatorname{vol}(D^c)=0vol(Dc)=0. An open dense set can have a complement of positive measure, and then Step 1 stops with positive probability, so Theorem 3.4 would fail. Every probabilistic statement, and the two inclusions ∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)\subseteq G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ​(x), ∂ˉϵ1f(x)⊆Gϵ2(x)\bar\partial_{\epsilon_1}f(x)\subseteq G_{\epsilon_2}(x)∂ˉϵ1​​f(x)⊆Gϵ2​​(x) (which fail without it), carry this hypothesis.
  • Trivializing encodings are ruled out. The run predicate is satisfiable for every sample realization (a companion statement), so the goal is not vacuous. The Step 4 choice cannot anticipate future samples. The conclusion is almost sure, not sure.
  • Reusable infrastructure: the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential and its closed graph, Lebourg's mean value theorem for the published Clarke subdifferential, Lemma 2.1 (a finite-dimensional minimax identity), and a conditional Borel–Cantelli argument for adaptively placed targets. Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are proofs of the companion corollaries.

Selected references

  • J. V. Burke, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, A robust gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth, nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 15(3) (2005) 751–779. https://doi.org/10.1137/030601296
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; reprinted SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 5, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • A. A. Goldstein, Optimization of Lipschitz continuous functions, Math. Programming 13 (1977) 14–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01584320
  • K. C. Kiwiel, Convergence of the gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 18(2) (2007) 379–388. https://doi.org/10.1137/050639673
  • J. V. Burke, F. E. Curtis, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, L. E. A. Simões, Gradient sampling methods for nonsmooth optimization, in Numerical Nonsmooth Optimization, Springer, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.11003
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Numerical Scheme for BSDEs: The Step-Process Scheme Converges in L² at Rate |π| log(1/|π|), and at Rate |π| for L¹-Lipschitz or Markovian Terminal Values (Theorem 6.1)Research Paper

Why discretize a backward SDE

A backward stochastic differential equation (BSDE) prescribes the terminal value of a process instead of its initial value. Pardoux and Peng (1990) proved that a BSDE with Lipschitz driver has a unique adapted solution. Coupled with a forward diffusion it gives a forward–backward SDE (FBSDE), which represents the solution of a semilinear parabolic PDE (nonlinear Feynman–Kac formula) and, in mathematical finance, the price and hedging strategy of a contingent claim, including path-dependent ones such as lookback and Asian options (El Karoui, Peng and Quenez, 1997). In high dimension or with path-dependent payoffs the PDE route is impractical, so one wants a time-discretization of the FBSDE itself, with a proven rate of convergence.

Zhang (2004) gave such a scheme for terminal values that are Lipschitz functionals of the whole path of the forward diffusion, and proved that it converges in mean square at rate ∣π∣log⁡(1/∣π∣)|\pi|\log(1/|\pi|)∣π∣log(1/∣π∣), and at rate ∣π∣|\pi|∣π∣ for L1L^1L1-Lipschitz or Markovian terminal values. The key input is a new L2L^2L2-regularity estimate for the martingale integrand ZZZ. The same regularity estimate underlies the analysis of the Bouchard–Touzi scheme (2004) and of regression-based Monte Carlo methods (Gobet, Lemor and Warin, 2005).

Setting

Fix T>0T>0T>0, a probability space carrying a one-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, and its natural filtration F={Ft}\mathbb F=\{\mathcal F_t\}F={Ft​} augmented by the null sets. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd the FBSDE is

Xt=x+∫0tb(s,Xs) ds+∫0tσ(s,Xs) dWs,Yt=Φ(X)+∫tTf(s,Xs,Ys,Zs) ds−∫tTZs dWs,(2.1)X_t=x+\int_0^t b(s,X_s)\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(s,X_s)\,dW_s,\qquad Y_t=\Phi(X)+\int_t^T f(s,X_s,Y_s,Z_s)\,ds-\int_t^T Z_s\,dW_s ,\tag{2.1}Xt​=x+∫0t​b(s,Xs​)ds+∫0t​σ(s,Xs​)dWs​,Yt​=Φ(X)+∫tT​f(s,Xs​,Ys​,Zs​)ds−∫tT​Zs​dWs​,(2.1)

where Xt∈RdX_t\in\mathbb R^dXt​∈Rd, Yt,Zt∈RY_t,Z_t\in\mathbb RYt​,Zt​∈R, b,σ,fb,\sigma,fb,σ,f are deterministic functions and Φ\PhiΦ is a deterministic functional of the path X=(Xt)0≤t≤TX=(X_t)_{0\le t\le T}X=(Xt​)0≤t≤T​.

Assumption 2.3 asks that b,σ,fb,\sigma,fb,σ,f be continuous, 12\tfrac1221​-Hölder in time and Lipschitz in the space variables, that Φ\PhiΦ be L∞L^\inftyL∞-Lipschitz,

∣Φ(x1)−Φ(x2)∣≤Ksup⁡0≤t≤T∣x1(t)−x2(t)∣|\Phi(x_1)-\Phi(x_2)|\le K\sup_{0\le t\le T}|x_1(t)-x_2(t)|∣Φ(x1​)−Φ(x2​)∣≤K0≤t≤Tsup​∣x1​(t)−x2​(t)∣

for càdlàg paths x1,x2x_1,x_2x1​,x2​, all with one constant K>0K>0K>0, and that sup⁡t{∣b(t,0)∣+∣σ(t,0)∣+∣f(t,0,0,0)∣}+∣Φ(0)∣≤K\sup_t\{|b(t,0)|+|\sigma(t,0)|+|f(t,0,0,0)|\}+|\Phi(0)|\le Ksupt​{∣b(t,0)∣+∣σ(t,0)∣+∣f(t,0,0,0)∣}+∣Φ(0)∣≤K. Φ\PhiΦ is L1L^1L1-Lipschitz if the supremum can be replaced by ∫0T∣x1(t)−x2(t)∣ dt\int_0^T|x_1(t)-x_2(t)|\,dt∫0T​∣x1​(t)−x2​(t)∣dt.

A partition is π:0=t0<⋯<tn=T\pi:0=t_0<\dots<t_n=Tπ:0=t0​<⋯<tn​=T, with Δti=ti−ti−1\Delta t_i=t_i-t_{i-1}Δti​=ti​−ti−1​ and ∣π∣=max⁡iΔti|\pi|=\max_i\Delta t_i∣π∣=maxi​Δti​; it is κ\kappaκ-uniform if Δti≥∣π∣/κ\Delta t_i\ge|\pi|/\kappaΔti​≥∣π∣/κ for all iii. The Euler scheme is Xt0π=xX^\pi_{t_0}=xXt0​π​=x, Xtiπ=Xti−1π+b(ti−1,Xti−1π)Δti+σ(ti−1,Xti−1π)(Wti−Wti−1)X^\pi_{t_{i}}=X^\pi_{t_{i-1}}+b(t_{i-1},X^\pi_{t_{i-1}})\Delta t_i+\sigma(t_{i-1},X^\pi_{t_{i-1}})(W_{t_i}-W_{t_{i-1}})Xti​π​=Xti−1​π​+b(ti−1​,Xti−1​π​)Δti​+σ(ti−1​,Xti−1​π​)(Wti​​−Wti−1​​), and its step process is X^tπ=Xti−1π\hat X^\pi_t=X^\pi_{t_{i-1}}X^tπ​=Xti−1​π​ on [ti−1,ti)[t_{i-1},t_i)[ti−1​,ti​). With ξπ=Φ(X^π)\xi^\pi=\Phi(\hat X^\pi)ξπ=Φ(X^π) the backward scheme is Ytnπ=ξπY^\pi_{t_n}=\xi^\piYtn​π​=ξπ and, for t∈[ti−1,ti)t\in[t_{i-1},t_i)t∈[ti−1​,ti​),

Ytπ=Ytiπ+f(ti,Xtiπ,Ytiπ,Ztiπ,1)Δti−∫ttiZrπ dWr,Ztiπ,1=1Δti+1E{∫titi+1Zrπ dr ∣ Fti},Y^\pi_t=Y^\pi_{t_i}+f\big(t_i,X^\pi_{t_i},Y^\pi_{t_i},Z^{\pi,1}_{t_i}\big)\Delta t_i-\int_t^{t_i}Z^\pi_r\,dW_r,\qquad Z^{\pi,1}_{t_i}=\frac1{\Delta t_{i+1}}E\Big\{\int_{t_i}^{t_{i+1}}Z^\pi_r\,dr\,\Big|\,\mathcal F_{t_i}\Big\},Ytπ​=Yti​π​+f(ti​,Xti​π​,Yti​π​,Zti​π,1​)Δti​−∫tti​​Zrπ​dWr​,Zti​π,1​=Δti+1​1​E{∫ti​ti+1​​Zrπ​dr​Fti​​},

with Ztnπ,1=0Z^{\pi,1}_{t_n}=0Ztn​π,1​=0. The numerical approximations are the step processes Y^tπ=Yti−1π\hat Y^\pi_t=Y^\pi_{t_{i-1}}Y^tπ​=Yti−1​π​ and Z^tπ=Zti−1π,1\hat Z^\pi_t=Z^{\pi,1}_{t_{i-1}}Z^tπ​=Zti−1​π,1​ on [ti−1,ti)[t_{i-1},t_i)[ti−1​,ti​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1, (6.5)–(6.6)

Assume Assumption 2.3 and that ZZZ is càdlàg. If fff does not depend on zzz, or π\piπ is κ\kappaκ-uniform, then

sup⁡0≤t≤TE{∣Yt−Y^tπ∣2}+E{∫0T∣Zt−Z^tπ∣2dt}≤C(1+∣x∣2) ∣π∣log⁡1∣π∣(6.5)\sup_{0\le t\le T}E\{|Y_t-\hat Y^\pi_t|^2\}+E\Big\{\int_0^T|Z_t-\hat Z^\pi_t|^2dt\Big\}\le C(1+|x|^2)\,|\pi|\log\frac1{|\pi|}\tag{6.5}0≤t≤Tsup​E{∣Yt​−Y^tπ​∣2}+E{∫0T​∣Zt​−Z^tπ​∣2dt}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣log∣π∣1​(6.5)

for ∣π∣≤e−1/2|\pi|\le e^{-1/2}∣π∣≤e−1/2, and, if moreover Φ\PhiΦ is L1L^1L1-Lipschitz or Φ(X)=g(XT)\Phi(X)=g(X_T)Φ(X)=g(XT​), the same left-hand side is at most C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣ (6.6). The constant CCC depends only on TTT, KKK, κ\kappaκ and ddd. The goal fixes the rates and leaves CCC unspecified.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.2: ∥Zt∥p≤Cp(1+∣x∣)\|Z_t\|_p\le C_p(1+|x|)∥Zt​∥p​≤Cp​(1+∣x∣), and the time-regularity E{∣Xt−Xti−1∣2+∣Yt−Yti−1∣2}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣E\{|X_t-X_{t_{i-1}}|^2+|Y_t-Y_{t_{i-1}}|^2\}\le C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|E{∣Xt​−Xti−1​​∣2+∣Yt​−Yti−1​​∣2}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣.
  2. Lemma 3.3 and Corollary 3.4, a weighted martingale inequality over a partition.
  3. Theorem 3.1, the L2L^2L2-regularity of ZZZ: ∑iE∫ti−1ti[∣Zt−Zti−1∣2+∣Zt−Zti∣2] dt≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣\sum_i E\int_{t_{i-1}}^{t_i}[|Z_t-Z_{t_{i-1}}|^2+|Z_t-Z_{t_i}|^2]\,dt\le C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|∑i​E∫ti−1​ti​​[∣Zt​−Zti−1​​∣2+∣Zt​−Zti​​∣2]dt≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣.
  4. Lemma 4.1, Theorem 4.2 and Corollary 4.4: errors of the Euler scheme, its step process, and Φ(X^π)\Phi(\hat X^\pi)Φ(X^π).
  5. Lemma 5.4 (a backward discrete Gronwall inequality), Theorem 5.3 and Remark 5.5 (the scheme at the grid points), and Theorem 5.6 (the step processes).

Significance

Theorem 6.1 gives an explicit, implementable scheme for FBSDEs with path-dependent terminal values and a mean-square rate that is sharp up to the logarithm: by Remark 4.3 the factor log⁡(1/∣π∣)\log(1/|\pi|)log(1/∣π∣) cannot be removed for L∞L^\inftyL∞-Lipschitz functionals, since it is already present in the uniform error of the Euler step process. Theorem 3.1 is reusable on its own: any time-discretization of a BSDE whose error is measured against Zti−1Z_{t_{i-1}}Zti−1​​ needs it.

All results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none has a machine-checked proof; the platform has no prior BSDE discretization result. The work is formalizing the known proofs, which needs the L2L^2L2 Itô integral, Itô's isometry and martingale representation, the standard a priori estimates for SDEs and BSDEs, and Doob's maximal inequality in continuous time.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the BSDE and the scheme step by step and closes with a discrete Gronwall inequality (Lemma 5.4). Its error terms include E∫ti−1ti∣Zr−Zti−1∣2drE\int_{t_{i-1}}^{t_i}|Z_r-Z_{t_{i-1}}|^2drE∫ti−1​ti​​∣Zr​−Zti−1​​∣2dr, and no pointwise estimate E∣Zt−Zs∣2≤C∣t−s∣E|Z_t-Z_s|^2\le C|t-s|E∣Zt​−Zs​∣2≤C∣t−s∣ is available: ZZZ is only square integrable in time, with no continuity modulus in general. The proof therefore needs the summed L2L^2L2-regularity of Theorem 3.1, whose proof goes through smooth approximations of the coefficients and of Φ\PhiΦ, the representation of ZZZ by the variational process ∇X\nabla X∇X, and the martingale inequality of Lemma 3.3. The log⁡(1/∣π∣)\log(1/|\pi|)log(1/∣π∣) rate comes from the maximum of nnn Gaussian increments, which an estimate of sup⁡tE\sup_tEsupt​E cannot see.

Formalization scope

Time is ℝ≥0; the state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); the Brownian motion is the coordinate 000 of a Fin 1-indexed standard Brownian motion; F\mathbb FF is the augmented filtration. These, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral and the class L2(F)L^2(\mathbb F)L2(F) are reused from the published modules Peng1990_SMP_Stochastic and ReflectedBSDE_Existence_Setting. Every expectation and time integral of a square is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable error cannot make a bound vacuous; this rules out the trivializing formalization in which a Bochner integral of a non-integrable error is 000.

The solutions (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) and (Yπ,Zπ)(Y^\pi,Z^\pi)(Yπ,Zπ) are quantified as solutions of their equations; the Euler scheme, X^π\hat X^\piX^π, Zπ,1Z^{\pi,1}Zπ,1, Y^π\hat Y^\piY^π, Z^π\hat Z^\piZ^π are constructed. Each constant CCC is chosen before the probability space, the data, the solution and the partition. Disclosed readings: (i) the log-rate statements assume ∣π∣≤e−1/2|\pi|\le e^{-1/2}∣π∣≤e−1/2, the paper's "π\piπ fine enough" (p. 478); (ii) "ZZZ is càdlàg" includes ZT=ZT−Z_T=Z_{T-}ZT​=ZT−​; (iii) the uniformity constant of Definition 5.2 is κ\kappaκ, not KKK, and CCC may depend on it; (iv) the Hölder constant in time is KKK; (v) X^Tπ=XTπ\hat X^\pi_T=X^\pi_TX^Tπ​=XTπ​, Y^Tπ=YTπ\hat Y^\pi_T=Y^\pi_TY^Tπ​=YTπ​, Z^Tπ=0\hat Z^\pi_T=0Z^Tπ​=0; (vi) Lemma 3.3 uses ∣Λti−1∣|\Lambda_{t_{i-1}}|∣Λti−1​​∣ in place of Λti−1\Lambda_{t_{i-1}}Λti−1​​, which strengthens it; (vii) Lemma 5.4 assumes C≥0C\ge0C≥0. Completeness of the probability space is not used.

Not formalized here: Lemma 2.2 (smooth approximation of Φ\PhiΦ, cited from Ma–Zhang), the background Lemmas 2.4–2.7, and the representation (6.3)–(6.4) of the scheme by functions of the Euler grid values. Welcome contributions: the SDE and BSDE a priori estimates under Lipschitz coefficients, Itô's isometry and martingale representation for the reused Itô integral, and Doob's L2L^2L2 inequality in continuous time; all are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • E. Pardoux and S. Peng, Adapted solution of a backward stochastic differential equation, Systems Control Lett. 14, 55–61, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • N. El Karoui, S. Peng and M. C. Quenez, Backward stochastic differential equations in finance, Math. Finance 7(1), 1–71, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00022
  • J. Ma and J. Zhang, Representation theorems for backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 12(4), 1390–1418, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1037125868
  • B. Bouchard and N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stochastic Process. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor and X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/105051605000000412
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Linearly Parameterized Bandits 4: For Finitely Many Arms, the Uncertainty Ellipsoid Policy Has Regret at Most a₆|U|‖z‖ + a₇|U| Σᵤ min{log T/Δᵘ(z), TΔᵘ(z)}Research Paper

Motivation

In a linearly parameterized bandit, the expected rewards of many arms are driven by a small number of unknown parameters. Each arm is a vector u∈Rru \in \mathbb R^ru∈Rr, and its expected reward is the inner product u′Zu'Zu′Z with an unknown parameter vector ZZZ. Problems of this kind arise in marketing and revenue management, where each product is described by rrr features (price, popularity, …) and the expected revenues of thousands of products are, to a good approximation, linear in a few unknown feature weights. Pulling one arm then reveals information about all of them, and a good policy has to exploit this correlation.

Rusmevichientong and Tsitsiklis (arXiv:0812.3465v2, 2010) studied this model with unbounded, sub-Gaussian noise and a prior on ZZZ. They proved an Ω(rT)\Omega(r\sqrt T)Ω(rT​) lower bound, a matching policy for smooth arm sets, and the Uncertainty Ellipsoid (UE) policy for arbitrary arm sets. This mission formalizes their Theorem 4.2: when the set of arms is finite, the regret of UE grows like log⁡T\log TlogT, within a constant factor of the Lai–Robbins lower bound for the classical multi-armed bandit (Lai and Robbins, 1985).

Timeline.

  • 1985: Lai and Robbins prove that, for independent arms, the regret of any uniformly good policy grows at least like log⁡T\log TlogT, and give policies attaining it.
  • 2002: Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer give the finite-time UCB1 analysis (doi:10.1023/A:1013689704352), whose pull-count argument the UE analysis adapts. Auer, in the same year, studies linear payoffs with confidence bounds (JMLR 3).
  • 2010: Rusmevichientong and Tsitsiklis treat unbounded sub-Gaussian noise with an anytime policy (UE), and prove the log⁡T\log TlogT regret and log⁡2T\log^2 Tlog2T Bayes-risk bounds for finitely many arms formalized here.

Setting

Let r≥2r \ge 2r≥2 and let Ur⊂Rr\mathcal U_r \subset \mathbb R^rUr​⊂Rr be a finite, nonempty set of arms. Fix z∈Rrz \in \mathbb R^rz∈Rr, the value of the unknown parameter. Playing arm uuu in period ttt yields the reward Xt=u′z+WtX_t = u'z + W_tXt​=u′z+Wt​. The noise WtW_tWt​ is drawn afresh in each period from a law νu\nu_uνu​ that depends only on the arm played, independently of the past. A policy chooses the arm Ut+1U_{t+1}Ut+1​ of period t+1t+1t+1 as a function of the history Ht=(U1,X1,…,Ut,Xt)H_t = (U_1, X_1, \dots, U_t, X_t)Ht​=(U1​,X1​,…,Ut​,Xt​). The regret given Z=zZ = zZ=z is

Regret(z,T,ψ)=∑t=1TE[max⁡v∈Urv′z−Ut′z ∣ Z=z],\mathrm{Regret}(z, T, \psi) = \sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb E\Big[\max_{v \in \mathcal U_r} v'z - U_t'z \,\Big|\, Z = z\Big],Regret(z,T,ψ)=t=1∑T​E[v∈Ur​max​v′z−Ut′​z​Z=z],

and for a prior μ\muμ of ZZZ the Bayes risk is Risk(T,ψ)=EZ∼μ[Regret(Z,T,ψ)]\mathrm{Risk}(T, \psi) = \mathbb E_{Z \sim \mu}[\mathrm{Regret}(Z, T, \psi)]Risk(T,ψ)=EZ∼μ​[Regret(Z,T,ψ)]. The gap of arm uuu is Δu(z)=max⁡v∈Urv′z−u′z\Delta^u(z) = \max_{v \in \mathcal U_r} v'z - u'zΔu(z)=maxv∈Ur​​v′z−u′z, and Nu(z,T)N^u(z, T)Nu(z,T) is the number of periods among the first TTT in which uuu is played.

Assumption 1.

  • (a) Every νu\nu_uνu​ has mean zero and E[exW]≤ex2σ02/2\mathbb E[e^{xW}] \le e^{x^2\sigma_0^2/2}E[exW]≤ex2σ02​/2 for all xxx.
  • (b) Every arm has norm at most uˉ\bar uuˉ, and Ur\mathcal U_rUr​ contains rrr linearly independent arms b1,…,brb_1, \dots, b_rb1​,…,br​ with λmin⁡(∑kbkbk′)≥λ0\lambda_{\min}(\sum_k b_kb_k') \ge \lambda_0λmin​(∑k​bk​bk′​)≥λ0​.

The UE policy first plays b1,…,brb_1, \dots, b_rb1​,…,br​. It then forms the least squares estimate Z^t=Ct∑s≤tUsXs\widehat Z_t = C_t\sum_{s\le t}U_sX_sZt​=Ct​∑s≤t​Us​Xs​ with Ct=(∑s≤tUsUs′)−1C_t = (\sum_{s \le t} U_sU_s')^{-1}Ct​=(∑s≤t​Us​Us′​)−1, and plays an arm maximizing v′Z^t+Rtvv'\widehat Z_t + R^v_tv′Zt​+Rtv​. The uncertainty radius is

Rtv=αlog⁡tmin⁡{rlog⁡t,∣Ur∣} v′Ctv,R^v_t = \alpha\sqrt{\log t}\sqrt{\min\{r\log t, |\mathcal U_r|\}}\,\sqrt{v'C_tv},Rtv​=αlogt​min{rlogt,∣Ur​∣}​v′Ct​v​,

with α=4σ0κ02\alpha = 4\sigma_0\kappa_0^2α=4σ0​κ02​ and κ0=21+log⁡(1+36uˉ2/λ0)\kappa_0 = 2\sqrt{1 + \log(1 + 36\bar u^2/\lambda_0)}κ0​=21+log(1+36uˉ2/λ0​)​. Ties are broken arbitrarily.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

There are constants a6,a7>0a_6, a_7 > 0a6​,a7​>0 depending only on σ0,uˉ,λ0\sigma_0, \bar u, \lambda_0σ0​,uˉ,λ0​ such that for all T≥r+1T \ge r+1T≥r+1 and zzz,

Regret(z,T,UE)≤a6∣Ur∣ ∥z∥+a7∣Ur∣∑u∈Urmin⁡{log⁡TΔu(z),TΔu(z)}.\mathrm{Regret}(z, T, \mathrm{UE}) \le a_6|\mathcal U_r|\,\|z\| + a_7|\mathcal U_r|\sum_{u \in \mathcal U_r}\min\Big\{\frac{\log T}{\Delta^u(z)}, T\Delta^u(z)\Big\}.Regret(z,T,UE)≤a6​∣Ur​∣∥z∥+a7​∣Ur​∣u∈Ur​∑​min{Δu(z)logT​,TΔu(z)}.

If moreover each Δu(Z)\Delta^u(Z)Δu(Z) has a point mass at 000 and a density bounded by M0M_0M0​ on R+\mathbb R_+R+​, there are a8,a9>0a_8, a_9 > 0a8​,a9​>0 depending only on σ0,uˉ,λ0,M0\sigma_0, \bar u, \lambda_0, M_0σ0​,uˉ,λ0​,M0​ with

Risk(T,UE)≤a8∣Ur∣ E∥Z∥+a9∣Ur∣2log⁡2T.\mathrm{Risk}(T, \mathrm{UE}) \le a_8|\mathcal U_r|\,\mathbb E\|Z\| + a_9|\mathcal U_r|^2\log^2 T.Risk(T,UE)≤a8​∣Ur​∣E∥Z∥+a9​∣Ur​∣2log2T.

The constants are left unspecified, as in the paper. Their existence, uniformly in rrr and in the arm set, is the content.

Milestones

  • Theorem B.1 and Theorem B.2: Chernoff-type deviation bounds for adaptive least squares, with factors t5∣Ur∣t^{5|\mathcal U_r|}t5∣Ur​∣ and trκ02t^{r\kappa_0^2}trκ02​.
  • Lemma B.6: the radius RtuR^u_tRtu​ is exceeded with probability at most 1/t21/t^21/t2.
  • The pull-count bound of App. B.3: E[Nu(z,T)]≤6+4α2∣Ur∣log⁡T/Δu(z)2\mathbb E[N^u(z,T)] \le 6 + 4\alpha^2|\mathcal U_r|\log T/\Delta^u(z)^2E[Nu(z,T)]≤6+4α2∣Ur​∣logT/Δu(z)2 for every suboptimal arm.
  • The regret decomposition Regret=∑uΔu(z) E[Nu(z,T)]\mathrm{Regret} = \sum_u\Delta^u(z)\,\mathbb E[N^u(z,T)]Regret=∑u​Δu(z)E[Nu(z,T)].
  • The risk bound E[min⁡{log⁡T/Δu(Z),TΔu(Z)}]≤(M0+1)log⁡T+M0log⁡2T\mathbb E[\min\{\log T/\Delta^u(Z), T\Delta^u(Z)\}] \le (M_0+1)\log T + M_0\log^2 TE[min{logT/Δu(Z),TΔu(Z)}]≤(M0​+1)logT+M0​log2T.

Significance

The result. For a fixed finite arm set, Theorem 4.2 shows that a single anytime policy, which does not know TTT, has regret O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) for every parameter and Bayes risk O(log⁡2T)O(\log^2 T)O(log2T). It does this with unbounded noise and correlated arms. The dependence on the problem enters only through the gaps Δu(z)\Delta^u(z)Δu(z) and the number of arms. The companion result for general compact arm sets (Theorem 4.1) gives only O~(rT)\tilde O(r\sqrt T)O~(rT​). The finite case shows that the same policy adapts to the easier problem.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper. As far as is known, it has no machine-checked proof. The platform's finite-armed bandit library (Lattimore–Szepesvári) has the regret decomposition and UCB pull-count bounds for independent arms, e.g. BanditAlgorithm.bandit_regret_decomposition. Those statements live in a different model and do not apply to correlated linear rewards with a least squares estimator. This mission adds:

  • self-normalized deviation bounds for adaptively collected least squares estimates, under per-arm sub-Gaussian noise;
  • a pull-count analysis that runs through a matrix-valued confidence radius;
  • the Bayes-risk integration under a density condition.

Difficulty

The arms are chosen adaptively, so the design matrix ∑sUsUs′\sum_s U_sU_s'∑s​Us​Us′​ is random and depends on the noise. Applied with the realized CtC_tCt​, the classical Chernoff bound for a fixed weighted sum of independent noises is not valid. The obvious union bound over arms does not apply either: the event concerns the random matrix CtC_tCt​, not one arm. In the pull-count bound, the radius of arm uuu must be controlled through the number of times uuu was played, although CtC_tCt​ mixes all arms, and the Gram matrix of the other arms may be singular.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rr\mathbb R^rRr is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin r), so ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is Euclidean. The source is arXiv:0812.3465v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF's.
  • Model.
    • The arm set is a finite nonempty Set, and ∣Ur∣|\mathcal U_r|∣Ur​∣ is its ncard. Theorem B.2 and Lemma B.6, which the paper states for any compact arm set, are stated for compact nonempty arm sets, as printed.
    • The noise is a Markov kernel u↦νuu \mapsto \nu_uu↦νu​.
    • The law of the history given Z=zZ = zZ=z is built period by period, with fresh noise from νUt+1\nu_{U_{t+1}}νUt+1​​. This is the paper's model: noises independent of each other and of ZZZ, identically distributed in ttt, mean zero.
    • Policies are deterministic and history-dependent, with measurable selection rules. The paper uses this measurability implicitly.
    • Regret is Tmax⁡vv′z−E[∑tUt′z]T\max_v v'z - \mathbb E[\sum_t U_t'z]Tmaxv​v′z−E[∑t​Ut′​z].
    • Assumption 1(a) is an mgf bound written with a lower integral, so the exponential moments are finite. Assumption 1(b) writes λmin⁡≥λ0\lambda_{\min} \ge \lambda_0λmin​≥λ0​ as λ0∥x∥2≤∑k(bk′x)2\lambda_0\|x\|^2 \le \sum_k (b_k'x)^2λ0​∥x∥2≤∑k​(bk′​x)2.
    • A UE run is any measurable policy that plays b1,…,brb_1, \dots, b_rb1​,…,br​ first and then an arg max of (7). The theorems hold for every tie-breaking rule.
  • Constants. They are quantified before rrr, the arm set, the noise, the policy, TTT, zzz and the prior, so they cannot depend on any of these.
  • Corrections and added hypotheses.
    • The pull-count bound is stated for arms with Δu(z)>0\Delta^u(z) > 0Δu(z)>0. As printed, it divides by a zero gap for an optimal arm.
    • The risk part assumes E∥Z∥<∞\mathbb E\|Z\| < \inftyE∥Z∥<∞ and concludes the integrability of the regret.
  • Conventions.
    • An optimal arm contributes min⁡{log⁡T/0,0}=0\min\{\log T/0, 0\} = 0min{logT/0,0}=0, the paper's reading and Lean's value.
    • The density condition says that, on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), the law of Δu(Z)\Delta^u(Z)Δu(Z) is at most M0M_0M0​ times Lebesgue measure.
  • No trivializing reading. The regret is never a junk-valued integral that makes the bound free: the integrand is bounded and measurable, and a junk value would only raise the regret. The width min⁡{rlog⁡t,∣Ur∣}\min\{r\log t, |\mathcal U_r|\}min{rlogt,∣Ur​∣} uses the true cardinality, so the radius is not zero.
  • Contributions welcome. Reusable pieces are the history-measure construction, Chernoff bounds for adaptive designs, and the deviation bounds of Theorems B.1–B.2, which the companion mission on general compact arm sets also needs.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Linearly Parameterized Bandits, arXiv:0812.3465v2, 24 Feb 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0812.3465
  • T. L. Lai, H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi, P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • P. Auer, Using confidence bounds for exploitation–exploration trade-offs, JMLR 3, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/auer02a.html
  • V. H. de la Peña, M. J. Klass, T. L. Lai, Self-normalized processes: exponential inequalities, moment bounds and iterated logarithm laws, Annals of Probability 32, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117904000000397
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning VI: In a Deterministic MDP an Algorithm Acts T-Step Optimally at All but NAT TimestepsTextbook

Motivation

A reinforcement-learning agent that does not know its environment has to act and learn at once. Each step spent gathering information about unfamiliar states is a step not spent collecting reward, and an agent that only exploits what it already knows may never find better behaviour. Chapter 8 of Kakade's thesis (Kakade 2003) turns this trade-off into a counting question. Run an algorithm for an arbitrarily long time on one unbroken path of experience, with no resets. At how many timesteps does it fail to act optimally with respect to a fixed planning horizon TTT? Kakade calls this number the sample complexity of exploration.

The question builds on two algorithms. E3E^3E3 (Kearns and Singh 2002) gave the first polynomial-time guarantee for near-optimal behaviour in an unknown MDP. RmaxR_{max}Rmax​ (Brafman and Tennenholtz 2002) replaced E3E^3E3's explicit explore-or-exploit switch by optimism: unknown states are treated as maximally rewarding. Kakade's chapter sharpens the analysis of RmaxR_{max}Rmax​. For deterministic MDPs it shows that the number of non-optimal steps is at most NATNATNAT, which matches its own lower bound. The thesis notes that its deterministic results are similar to those of Koenig and Simmons (1993), with the dependence on NNN, AAA and TTT made explicit (pp. 99, 104). The later PAC-MDP literature (for example Strehl, Li and Littman 2009) took this counting notion as its standard measure of exploration efficiency.

Setting

An MDP MMM has a finite set SSS of NNN states, a finite nonempty set of AAA actions, a transition model P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a) and a deterministic reward r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1]. A deterministic MDP has a next-state map fff, with P(s′∣s,a)=1P(s'\mid s,a)=1P(s′∣s,a)=1 exactly when s′=f(s,a)s'=f(s,a)s′=f(s,a).

Online model. An algorithm A\mathcal AA is a deterministic function that maps the path observed so far, (s0,a0,r0,…,st)(s_0,a_0,r_0,\dots,s_t)(s0​,a0​,r0​,…,st​), to the next action ata_tat​. Started at s0s_0s0​, it produces one path c=(s0,a0,s1,a1,… )c=(s_0,a_0,s_1,a_1,\dots)c=(s0​,a0​,s1​,a1​,…); ctc_tct​ is the subpath up to sts_tst​. The TTT-step end time t′t't′ of ttt is the smallest multiple of TTT larger than ttt. The TTT-step value of the algorithm on ctc_tct​ is the normalized reward it collects until t′t't′,

UA(ct)=1T E[∑τ=tt′−1r(sτ,aτ)],U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)=\frac1T\,\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{\tau=t}^{t'-1}r(s_\tau,a_\tau)\Big],UA​(ct​)=T1​E[τ=t∑t′−1​r(sτ​,aτ​)],

and U∗(ct)U^*(c_t)U∗(ct​) is the supremum of this quantity over all algorithms continuing from ctc_tct​.

TTT-step policies. A TTT-step policy π\piπ is a sequence of deterministic decision rules π(⋅,0),…,π(⋅,T−1)\pi(\cdot,0),\dots,\pi(\cdot,T-1)π(⋅,0),…,π(⋅,T−1). Its ttt-value is Uπ,t,M(s)=1TE[∑τ=tT−1r(sτ,aτ)∣st=s]U_{\pi,t,M}(s)=\frac1T\mathbb E[\sum_{\tau=t}^{T-1}r(s_\tau,a_\tau)\mid s_t=s]Uπ,t,M​(s)=T1​E[∑τ=tT−1​r(sτ​,aτ​)∣st​=s], and Ut,M∗(s)U^*_{t,M}(s)Ut,M∗​(s) is the supremum over TTT-step policies. For a set of states KKK, the induced MDP MKM_KMK​ agrees with MMM on KKK and makes every state outside KKK absorbing with reward 111. The escape probability Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s)\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s)Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s) is the probability that the path (st,…,sT−1)(s_t,\dots,s_{T-1})(st​,…,sT−1​) of π\piπ in MMM leaves KKK. A transition model P^\hat PP^ is an ε\varepsilonε-approximation to PPP if ∑s′∣P^(s′∣s,a)−P(s′∣s,a)∣<ε\sum_{s'}|\hat P(s'\mid s,a)-P(s'\mid s,a)|<\varepsilon∑s′​∣P^(s′∣s,a)−P(s′∣s,a)∣<ε for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.3.5 (deterministic sample complexity)

For every NNN, AAA and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 there is one algorithm A\mathcal AA such that, for every deterministic MDP with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], every start state and every LLL,

#{ t<L: UA(ct)≠U∗(ct) } ≤ NAT.\#\{\,t<L:\ U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)\neq U^*(c_t)\,\}\ \le\ NAT .#{t<L: UA​(ct​)=U∗(ct​)} ≤ NAT.

Milestones

  • Lemma 8.4.4 (induced inequalities). For every TTT-step policy, every t<Tt<Tt<T and every state sss,
Uπ,t,MK(s)≥Uπ,t,M(s)≥Uπ,t,MK(s)−Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s).U_{\pi,t,M_K}(s)\ge U_{\pi,t,M}(s)\ge U_{\pi,t,M_K}(s)-\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s).Uπ,t,MK​​(s)≥Uπ,t,M​(s)≥Uπ,t,MK​​(s)−Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s).
  • Corollary 8.4.5 (implicit explore or exploit). If π\piπ is TTT-step optimal in MKM_KMK​, then for every t<Tt<Tt<T and every state sss,
Uπ,t,M(s)≥Ut,M∗(s)−Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s).U_{\pi,t,M}(s)\ge U^*_{t,M}(s)-\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s).Uπ,t,M​(s)≥Ut,M∗​(s)−Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s).
  • Deterministic escapes (p. 114). In a deterministic MDP every escape probability is 000 or 111.
  • Non-escaping steps are optimal (p. 114). In a deterministic MDP, an optimal policy of MKM_KMK​ that does not escape from (s,t)(s,t)(s,t) satisfies Uπ,t,M(s)=Ut,M∗(s)U_{\pi,t,M}(s)=U^*_{t,M}(s)Uπ,t,M​(s)=Ut,M∗​(s).
  • Lemma 8.5.4 (ε\varepsilonε-approximation condition). If P^\hat PP^ is an ε\varepsilonε-approximation to PPP and the rewards agree, then ∣Uπ,t,M^(s)−Uπ,t,M(s)∣<εT|U_{\pi,t,\hat M}(s)-U_{\pi,t,M}(s)|<\varepsilon T∣Uπ,t,M^​(s)−Uπ,t,M​(s)∣<εT for all π\piπ, sss and t<Tt<Tt<T.
  • Lemma 8.5.5, pinned. If m≥8Nε2log⁡2Nδm\ge\frac{8N}{\varepsilon^2}\log\frac{2N}\deltam≥ε28N​logδ2N​ with ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, then the empirical distribution of mmm independent samples from a distribution ppp on NNN points satisfies ∑i∣p^(i)−p(i)∣≤ε\sum_i|\hat p(i)-p(i)|\le\varepsilon∑i​∣p^​(i)−p(i)∣≤ε with probability greater than 1−δ1-\delta1−δ.

Significance

The result. The bound NATNATNAT does not depend on LLL. However long the agent runs, only a fixed number of its steps fail to be TTT-step optimal. The thesis's Theorem 8.3.6 shows that every algorithm has Ω(NAT)\Omega(NAT)Ω(NAT) such steps on some deterministic MDP, so for deterministic MDPs the upper and lower bounds coincide. The induced-MDP lemmas carry over unchanged to stochastic MDPs. Together with Lemmas 8.5.4 and 8.5.5, they give the chapter's general bound (Theorem 8.3.1). They are the template for later optimism-based analyses, which compare an optimistic model with the true one and charge the difference to the probability of leaving the known region.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the thesis; neither Mathlib nor the Prove2Me catalog contains a machine-checked version of any of them. A complete development would contain:

  • a verified finite-horizon dynamic-programming layer (backward recursions, optimal TTT-step values as suprema);
  • a simulation lemma in ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​;
  • a concentration bound for empirical distributions whose sample size is linear in NNN;
  • an explicit construction of an online exploration algorithm, with a counting argument about its run.

The proof of Lemma 8.5.5 in the thesis uses a Chernoff bound of the form P(∣p^i−pi∣>αpi)≤2e−α2pim/2P(|\hat p_i-p_i|>\alpha p_i)\le2e^{-\alpha^2p_im/2}P(∣p^​i​−pi​∣>αpi​)≤2e−α2pi​m/2. This form fails for the upper tail when α>1\alpha>1α>1, so the pinned statement needs a different argument.

Difficulty

The algorithm must be fixed before the MDP. It knows nothing about fff or rrr beyond what its own path reveals, yet the count has to hold for every MDP, every start state and every run length at once. A direct approach could explore each state-action pair once and then plan. That does not bound the count. Exploration is interleaved with exploitation, the agent can only reach unknown pairs through known states, and every step on the way is judged against the full TTT-step optimum of the current cycle. The work lies in charging each non-optimal step to a distinct newly tried state-action pair, with at most TTT steps charged per pair, while the planning policy is recomputed every time the set of known states grows. In the stochastic lemmas, the main issue is that Ut,M∗U^*_{t,M}Ut,M∗​ is a supremum over all TTT-step policies, so the comparison has to go through MKM_KMK​ for every competing policy, not only the planner's.

Formalization scope

  • Model. SSS and AAA are finite types, AAA nonempty; N=∣S∣N=|S|N=∣S∣ and A=∣A∣A=|A|A=∣A∣. Rewards are deterministic, with 0≤r≤10\le r\le10≤r≤1 a hypothesis of every statement. Transition models are IsTransitionKernel functions P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a).
  • Normalization and time. Values carry the factor 1/T1/T1/T, so they lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; epochs are 0-based. TTT-step policies are functions N→S→A\mathbb N\to S\to AN→S→A, entered into the canonical stochastic TTT-epoch layer as indicator policies. Ut,M∗U^*_{t,M}Ut,M∗​ is the supremum over these policies, which is bounded under the hypotheses.
  • Online model. In the online model the algorithm has type List (S × A × ℝ) → S → A. The run is defined by recursion and is infinite. UA(ct)U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)UA​(ct​) is the realised normalized sum up to the end time, and U∗(ct)U^*(c_t)U∗(ct​) is the backward recursion Wt′−t(st)W_{t'-t}(s_t)Wt′−t​(st​), which is the supremum over algorithms by the Markov property. The count runs over t<Lt<Lt<L for every LLL.
  • Corrections to the printed text. Corollary 8.4.5 is stated for t<Tt<Tt<T, where its quantities are defined; the printed range is t≤Tt\le Tt≤T. Lemma 8.5.5 carries an explicit sample size in place of O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅).

Four formalizations would make the goal trivial or false, and each is excluded:

  • quantifying the algorithm after the MDP, which lets it read fff and rrr;
  • giving the algorithm a type that takes fff or rrr as an argument;
  • defining U∗U^*U∗ as a junk real supremum;
  • hiding rewards from the observed path, which makes the statement false.

Reusable beyond this mission are the finite-horizon value layer, the induced-MDP and escape-probability lemmas, and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ concentration bound. Contributions to any of these are useful independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • S. M. Kakade, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning, PhD thesis, Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit, University College London, 2003. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10100726/
  • R. I. Brafman and M. Tennenholtz, R-max — a general polynomial time algorithm for near-optimal reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/brafman02a.html
  • M. Kearns and S. Singh, Near-optimal reinforcement learning in polynomial time, Machine Learning 49, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017984413808
  • A. L. Strehl, L. Li and M. L. Littman, Reinforcement learning in finite MDPs: PAC analysis, Journal of Machine Learning Research 10, 2009. https://jmlr.org/papers/v10/strehl09a.html
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement? 3: Late Commitment Strictly Beats Early Commitment When the Costlier Supplier's Improved Gain Exceeds mz/(θ(1−θ))Research Paper

Motivation

Firms that buy from unreliable suppliers can protect themselves in two ways: they can spread orders across several suppliers, or they can invest in improving a supplier's reliability, for example through supplier-development programmes or joint process-improvement projects. Wang, Gilland and Tomlin (MSOM 12(3):489–510, 2010) compare the two strategies in a newsvendor model with random supplier capacity.

This mission formalizes one part of that comparison: single sourcing with improvement, in which improvement efforts may fail. The firm must then decide when to choose its supplier. Under early commitment it picks one supplier, invests in it, and buys from it whatever the outcome. Under late commitment it invests in both suppliers, observes which efforts succeeded, and only then buys from the better one. Empirical work on supplier development documents both practices and the reluctance of suppliers whose improvement efforts previously failed (Handfield et al. 2000, as cited by Wang et al. 2010, p. 496; Krause et al. 2007). The question is how much the option to postpone the choice is worth.

Setting

A firm sells a single product over one season. It earns a unit revenue r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, salvages leftovers at vvv, and pays a penalty p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 per unit of unmet demand, with v<r+pv<r+pv<r+p. Demand XXX is nonnegative with finite mean.

Supplier i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has design capacity Ki>0K_i>0Ki​>0, unit cost ci≥0c_i\ge 0ci​≥0 and committed-cost fraction ηi∈[0,1]\eta_i\in[0,1]ηi​∈[0,1]. Its capacity loss ξi≥0\xi_i\ge 0ξi​≥0 has a continuous distribution Gi(⋅,ai)G_i(\cdot,a_i)Gi​(⋅,ai​) that depends on a reliability index aia_iai​; a higher index means a stochastically smaller loss. An order qi≥0q_i\ge 0qi​≥0 delivers yi=min⁡{qi,(Ki−ξi)+}y_i=\min\{q_i,(K_i-\xi_i)^+\}yi​=min{qi​,(Ki​−ξi​)+}. The firm pays (ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci(\eta_iq_i+(1-\eta_i)y_i)c_i(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​, and the realized profit of single sourcing from iii is

π(qi)=−(ηiqi+(1−ηi)yi)ci+rmin⁡{x,yi}+v(yi−x)+−p(x−yi)+.\pi(q_i)=-(\eta_iq_i+(1-\eta_i)y_i)c_i+r\min\{x,y_i\}+v(y_i-x)^+-p(x-y_i)^+ .π(qi​)=−(ηi​qi​+(1−ηi​)yi​)ci​+rmin{x,yi​}+v(yi​−x)+−p(x−yi​)+.

The second-stage expected profit is Π2(qi;ai)=E[π(qi)]\Pi_2(q_i;a_i)=\mathsf E[\pi(q_i)]Π2​(qi​;ai​)=E[π(qi​)], and Pi(ai)=Π2∗(ai)=sup⁡qi≥0Π2(qi;ai)P_i(a_i)=\Pi_2^*(a_i)=\sup_{q_i\ge 0}\Pi_2(q_i;a_i)Pi​(ai​)=Π2∗​(ai​)=supqi​≥0​Π2​(qi​;ai​) is its optimal value.

Improvement. Supplier iii starts at index ai0a_i^0ai0​. Effort to reach index ai≥ai0a_i\ge a_i^0ai​≥ai0​ costs mizi(ai)m_iz_i(a_i)mi​zi​(ai​), where ziz_izi​ is convex and increasing with zi(ai0)=0z_i(a_i^0)=0zi​(ai0​)=0. The effort succeeds with probability θi\theta_iθi​; on failure the index stays at ai0a_i^0ai0​.

  • Early commitment to supplier iii yields
Π1iE(ai)=−mizi(ai)+θiPi(ai)+(1−θi)Pi(ai0),\Pi_{1i}^E(a_i)=-m_iz_i(a_i)+\theta_iP_i(a_i)+(1-\theta_i)P_i(a_i^0),Π1iE​(ai​)=−mi​zi​(ai​)+θi​Pi​(ai​)+(1−θi​)Pi​(ai0​),

and Π1∗E=max⁡isup⁡ai≥ai0Π1iE(ai)\Pi_1^{*E}=\max_i\sup_{a_i\ge a_i^0}\Pi_{1i}^E(a_i)Π1∗E​=maxi​supai​≥ai0​​Π1iE​(ai​).

  • Late commitment yields Π1L(a1,a2)\Pi_1^L(a_1,a_2)Π1L​(a1​,a2​): the improvement costs, plus, for each of the four success/failure outcomes, its probability times max⁡{P1(⋅),P2(⋅)}\max\{P_1(\cdot),P_2(\cdot)\}max{P1​(⋅),P2​(⋅)} at the realized indices (Eq. (9)). Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ is its supremum over a1≥a10a_1\ge a_1^0a1​≥a10​, a2≥a20a_2\ge a_2^0a2​≥a20​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

Let the suppliers be identical except for their unit costs, c1≤c2c_1\le c_2c1​≤c2​, with common θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1)θ∈(0,1), mmm, zzz and a0a^0a0, and let a2∗Ea_2^{*E}a2∗E​ be an optimal early-commitment index of supplier 2. Then

[P2(a2∗E)−P1(a10)]+>m z(a2∗E)θ(1−θ)⟹Π1∗L>Π1∗E.\bigl[P_2(a_2^{*E})-P_1(a_1^0)\bigr]^+>\frac{m\,z(a_2^{*E})}{\theta(1-\theta)}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\Pi_1^{*L}>\Pi_1^{*E}.[P2​(a2∗E​)−P1​(a10​)]+>θ(1−θ)mz(a2∗E​)​⟹Π1∗L​>Π1∗E​.

Milestones, in the paper's order

  1. Lemma 2(b), single-supplier instance: PiP_iPi​ is increasing in the index.
  2. Theorem 4(a), cost-only instance: if the suppliers differ only in unit cost, the cheaper one is preferred with and without improvement, so i∗=j∗i^*=j^*i∗=j∗.
  3. §4.2.2: late commitment weakly dominates early commitment, Π1∗E≤Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*E}\le\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗E​≤Π1∗L​.
  4. Lemma 4: ai∗L≤ai∗Ea_i^{*L}\le a_i^{*E}ai∗L​≤ai∗E​, in the form valid for non-unique optimizers.
  5. §4.2.2: Π1∗L=Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*L}=\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗L​=Π1∗E​ if Pi(ai∗E)<Pj(aj0)P_i(a_i^{*E})<P_j(a_j^0)Pi​(ai∗E​)<Pj​(aj0​) for some iii.
  6. Corollary 3(a): strict superiority of late commitment at c1=c^1c_1=\hat c_1c1​=c^1​ persists for every c1∈[c^1,c2]c_1\in[\hat c_1,c_2]c1​∈[c^1​,c2​].

Significance

The results identify when the flexibility of postponing supplier selection has value. Late commitment never hurts. It has no value when one supplier dominates the other, even after the other's improvement. For suppliers that differ only in cost, Theorem 5 gives a checkable sufficient condition for strict value. The condition weighs the gain from switching in the outcome "the costlier supplier improves, the cheaper one does not", which has probability θ(1−θ)\theta(1-\theta)θ(1−θ), against the cost of improving the costlier supplier. Together with Lemma 4 the results say that keeping the choice open lowers the reliability target but can raise expected profit. Corollary 3(a) says this value is easiest to obtain when costs are close.

The paper's proofs are in an online appendix that is not used here, and none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal versions of the statements, with the hypotheses that the printed versions leave implicit made explicit (see Formalization scope), and invites proofs of them.

Difficulty

The late-commitment profit (9) is a probability-weighted sum of maxima of two optimal-value functions. It is "neither concave nor unimodal" (p. 498), so first-order conditions do not characterize its optimum, and optimizers need not be unique.

  • Order of the arguments. The comparison results rest on the monotonicity of PiP_iPi​ (Lemma 2(b)). That is a statement about a supremum of expectations under a stochastically ordered family of capacity-loss laws, and must be established before the first-stage results can use it.
  • Theorem 5 and Corollary 3(a) compare two suprema, neither of which is assumed to be attained. Strictness has to survive passing to the supremum.
  • Corollary 3(a) is a comparative-statics statement in c1c_1c1​. Both Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ and Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗E​ decrease as c1c_1c1​ grows, so nothing pointwise orders their difference.

Formalization scope

Everything is in the namespace MitigateSupplyRisk.LateCommit, with one definition module Model.

  • Model. The demand law is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with μ(−∞,0)=0\mu(-\infty,0)=0μ(−∞,0)=0 and finite mean; no density is assumed. Capacity losses are a family a↦νaa\mapsto\nu_aa↦νa​ of atomless probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), ordered by νa(−∞,t]≤νa′(−∞,t]\nu_a(-\infty,t]\le\nu_{a'}(-\infty,t]νa​(−∞,t]≤νa′​(−∞,t] for a≤a′a\le a'a≤a′. Loss and demand are independent (a product measure).
  • Optimal values. Π2\Pi_2Π2​ is the Bochner integral of the realized profit (1). Every optimal value is a sSup over the feasible set. The sign conventions r,p,ci≥0r,p,c_i\ge 0r,p,ci​≥0, v<r+pv<r+pv<r+p make these sets bounded above, so no supremum is a junk value, and no optimum is assumed to be attained.
  • Effort. The effort function zzz is taken as the primitive on [a0,∞)[a^0,\infty)[a0,∞), which presumes that every index is reachable.
  • Identical suppliers. "Identical except for unit costs" means that the two suppliers share the same Supplier record (committed cost, capacity, loss family) and the same Improvement record (a0,θ,m,za^0,\theta,m,za0,θ,m,z).
  • Notation in (9). The paper writes Π2∗\Pi_2^*Π2∗​ for both suppliers in (9); the Lean writes P1P_1P1​ and P2P_2P2​.
  • Added or reread hypotheses:
    • Theorem 5 assumes 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1. The printed condition divides by θ(1−θ)\theta(1-\theta)θ(1−θ), and Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would otherwise turn it into [⋅]+>0[\cdot]^+>0[⋅]+>0, under which the conclusion is false at θ=1\theta=1θ=1.
    • Lemma 4 is stated for arbitrary maximizers: max⁡{aiL,aiE}\max\{a_i^L,a_i^E\}max{aiL​,aiE​} is again an early maximizer. This reduces to the printed inequality when the early optimizer is unique.
    • Lemma 2(b) and Theorem 4(a) are the single-supplier and cost-only instances of the paper's statements.
    • Optimizers ai∗Ea_i^{*E}ai∗E​ appear as hypotheses (IsMaxOn), never as claims.
  • Not trivially true. A statement in which Π1∗L\Pi_1^{*L}Π1∗L​ or Π1∗E\Pi_1^{*E}Π1∗E​ is a junk supremum, or in which Theorem 5's condition degenerates at θ∈{0,1}\theta\in\{0,1\}θ∈{0,1}, would be trivially true or false; the bounded feasible sets and the hypothesis 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1 exclude both.
  • Not formalized: Theorem 4 for other attributes and Theorem 4(b), Lemma 3, and Corollary 3(b), whose printed form needs hypotheses the page does not pin.

Proofs of the milestones are welcome. A reusable lemma, that the supremum of expectations is monotone under first-order stochastic dominance of the loss, would serve the other missions of this series too.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, W. Gilland, B. Tomlin, Mitigating Supply Risk: Dual Sourcing or Process Improvement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 12(3):489–510, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279
  • R. B. Handfield, D. R. Krause, T. V. Scannell, R. M. Monczka, Avoid the pitfalls in supplier development, Sloan Management Review, 2000, pp. 37–49 (cited from the reference list of Wang et al. 2010, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1090.0279).
  • D. R. Krause, R. B. Handfield, B. B. Tyler, The relationships between supplier development, commitment, social capital accumulation and performance improvement, Journal of Operations Management 25(2):528–545, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jom.2006.05.007
  • B. Tomlin, On the value of mitigation and contingency strategies for managing supply chain disruption risks, Management Science 52(5):639–657, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0515
8 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 30 of 38Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me